UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM 10-K

 


 

Annual report pursuant to Section13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For FiscalYear Ended March 31, 2020.2023.

 

Transition report pursuant to Section13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from _____ to _____

 

Commission file number: 001-32830

 

 

 

igcpharma_logo1.jpg

INDIA GLOBALIZATION CAPITAL,IGC PHARMA, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Maryland

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

20-2760393

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

 

1022410224 Falls Road, Potomac, Maryland

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

20854

(Zip Code)

 

(301) 983-0998

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Common Stock

IGC

NYSE American LLC

(Title of each class)

(Trading Symbol)

(Name of each exchange on which registered)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

Common Stock Purchase Warrants

(Title of class)

 

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

☐ Yes ☑ No

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

☐ Yes ☑ No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

☑ Yes ☐ No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).

☑ Yes ☐ No

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☑

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer ☐

 

Accelerated filer ☐

Non-accelerated filer ☑

 

Smaller reporting company ☑

Emerging growth company☐company ☐

 

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management assessment of the effectiveness of its Internal Control Over Financial Reporting under section 404 (b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its annual report.

☐  Yes  ☑  No 

 

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

☐ Yes ☑ No

 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, as of September 30, 2019,2022, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $34,794,540.$20,812,750. Solely for purposes of this disclosure, shares of common stock held by executive officers and directors of the Registrant as of such date have been excluded because such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of executive officers and directors as affiliates is not necessarily a conclusive determination for any other purposes.

 

41,186,13053,077,436 shares of our common stock were outstanding as of June 24, 2020.July 6, 2023.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

None

 

None


 

 

INDIA GLOBALIZATION CAPITAL,IGC PHARMA, INC.

FORM 10-K

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 20202023

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

PART I

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Business

5

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

1622

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

2835

Item 2.

Properties

 2936

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

2936

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

3136

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

3237

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data[Reserved]

3337

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

3338

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

4048

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

4049

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

6774

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

6774

Item 9B.

Other Information

6774

Item 9C.

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

74

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

6875

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

7279

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

7482

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

7583

Item 14.

Principal AccountingAccountant Fees and Services

7683

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

7986

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

7986

Signatures

8087

 



 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND IMPORTANT FACTORS

 

The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a safe harbor for forward-looking statements. This reportAnnual Report on Form 10-K and the documents incorporated in this report by reference contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Additionally, we or our representatives may, from time to time, make other written or verbal forward-looking statements. In this report and the documents incorporated by reference, we discuss plans, expectations, and objectives regarding our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Without limiting the foregoing, statements that are in the future tense, and all statements accompanied by terms such as “believe,” “project,” “expect,” “trend,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “assume,” “intend,” “plan,” “target,” “anticipate,” “outlook,” “preliminary,” “will likely result,” “will continue,” and variations of them and similar terms are intended to be “forward-looking statements” as defined by federal securities laws. We caution you not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which are based upon assumptions, expectations, plans, and projections. In addition, our goals and objectives are aspirational and are not guarantees or promises that such goals and objectives will be met. Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, including those identified in the “Risk Factors” included in this report and in the documents incorporated by reference that may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date when they are made. Except as required by federal securities law, we do not undertake anyassume no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect events, circumstances, changes in expectations, or the occurrence of unanticipated events after the date of those statements. We intend that all forward-looking statements made will be subject to safe harbor protection of the federal securities laws pursuant to Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act.

 

Forward-looking statements are based upon, among other things, our assumptions with respect to:

●     the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our results of operations including the delay in our ability to launch certain projects.

●     our ability to successfully register trademarks and patents, create and market new products and services, including but not limited to trading in Hong Kong and other parts of South Asia, contract for infrastructure projects and rental of equipment in India, and achieve customer acceptance in the industries we serve;

●     current and future economic and political conditions, including but not limited to Hong Kong, North America, Colombia, and India; and our ability to accurately predict the future demand for our products and services;

●     our ability to successfully launch our hemp-based products in countries and states where hemp and hemp products are legal;

●     our ability to maintain listing on a national exchange;

●     our ability to obtain FDA approval for an Investigational New Drug Application (INDA) and run medical trials;

●     the outcome of medical trials that are conducted on our drug candidates and products;

●     competition in using phytocannabinoids for alternative, pharmaceutical, and nutraceutical therapies;

●     our ability to effectively compete and our dependence on market acceptance of our brands and products;

●     federal and state legislation; and administrative policy regulating phytocannabinoids;

●     our ability (based in part on regulatory concerns) to license our products to processors that can produce pharmaceutical grade phytocannabinoids;

●     our ability to obtain and protect patents for the use of phytocannabinoids in our formulations;

●     our ability to obtain and install equipment from China, for processing and manufacturing hemp and hemp products.

 

the sufficiency of our existing cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities to fund our future operating and capital expenses;

our ability to successfully register trademarks and patents, create and market new products and services, including trading in Hong Kong and other parts of South Asia, contract for infrastructure projects and rental of equipment in India, and achieve customer acceptance in the industries we serve;

current and future economic and political conditions, including in Hong Kong, North America, Colombia, and India;

our ability to accurately predict the future demand for our products and services;

our ability to successfully market our hemp-based products in countries and states where hemp and hemp products are legal;

our ability to maintain a stock listing on a national securities exchange;

our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval of our existing product candidates and any other product candidates we may develop, and the labeling under any approval we may obtain;

our ability to timely complete regulatory filings;

our ability to obtain the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approval for an Investigational New Drug Application (INDA) and to successfully run medical trials, including a Phase 2 trial for IGC-AD1;

our reliance on third parties to conduct clinical trials, and for the manufacture of IGC-AD1 for non-clinical studies and clinical trials;

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our results of operations, including the delay in our ability to launch certain projects;

our financial performance;

the outcome of medical trials that are conducted on our Investigational Drug Candidates and products;

our ability to fund the costs of clinical trials and other related expenses;

our ability to maintain our intellectual property position and our ability to maintain and protect our intellectual property rights;

competition and general acceptance of phytocannabinoids for alternative, pharmaceutical, and nutraceutical therapies;

our ability to effectively compete and our dependence on market acceptance of our brands and products within and outside the United States;

federal and state legislation, and administrative policy regulating phytocannabinoids;

our ability (based in part on regulatory concerns) to license our products to processors that can produce pharmaceutical grade phytocannabinoids;

our ability to obtain and protect patents for the use of phytocannabinoids in our formulations;

our ability to obtain and install equipment for processing and manufacturing hemp and hemp products;

our ability to successfully navigate disruptions of information technology systems or data security breaches that could adversely affect our business.

You should consider the limitations on, and risks associated with, forward-looking statements and not unduly rely on the accuracy of predictions contained in such forward-looking statements. As noted above, these forward-looking statements speak only as of the date when they are made. Moreover, in the future, we may make forward-looking statements through our senior management that involve the risk factors and other matters described in this report, as well as other risk factors subsequently identified, including, among others, those identified in our filings with the SEC in our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and our current reports on Form 8-K.

 

This document contains statements and claims that are not approved by the U.S. Food & Drug Administration (“FDA”),FDA, including statements on hemp and hemp extracts, including cannabidiol and other cannabinoids. These statements and claims are intended to be in compliance with state laws, specifically in states where medical cannabis has been legalized, and the diseases which we anticipate our products will target are approved conditions for treatment or usage with cannabis/cannabis or cannabinoids.

 

4

 

PART I

 

UnlessIn this report, unless the context requires otherwise, all references in this report to “IGC,IGC, “thethe Company, “we,we, “our”our, and “us”us refer to India Globalization Capital,IGC Pharma, Inc., together with the subsidiaries identifiedidentified in Exhibit 21.1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We exclude our investments and minority non-controlling interests, and any information provided by them is not incorporated by reference in this report, and youreport. They should not consider it abe considered part of this report.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

ITEM 1.BUSINESSOverview

Company Segments

We operate through two segments, InfrastructureIGC Pharma, Inc., formerly known as India Globalization Capital Inc., is a clinical-stage pharmaceutical company with a diversified revenue model that develops both prescription drugs and Life Sciences. The Infrastructure segment, based in India involves, the execution of construction projects, the purchase and resale of physical commodities used in infrastructure, and the rental of heavy construction equipment. Our revenue in Fiscal 2020 was primarily derived from this segment. The Life Sciences segment, previously referred to as the Plant and Cannabinoid Business,over-the-counter (OTC) products. IGC is based in the United States (“U.S.”) and Colombia South America. It includes a biotech component, and a vertically integrated hemp-cannabinoid based healthcare and wellness business.

The Company operates through several subsidiaries and in Fiscal 2020 worked on bringing several brands to market. We are a Maryland corporation established in 2005 with a fiscal year that is thea 52- or 53-week period that ends on March 31. IGC has two business segments: Life Sciences and Infrastructure.

 

Company Background

At IGC we are dedicated to pioneering the future of pharmaceuticals and wellness products through groundbreaking,Our focus is on developing innovative research in cannabinoid and hemp sciences. Devastating diseasestherapies for neurological disorders such as Alzheimer’s Parkinson’s, Epilepsy,disease, epilepsy, Tourette syndrome, and sleep disorders. We also focus on formulations for eating disorders, chronic pain, collectively affectpremenstrual syndrome (PMS), and dysmenorrhea, in addition to health and wellness OTC formulations. The Company is developing its lead candidate, IGC-AD1, an investigational oral therapy for the treatment of agitation associated with Alzheimer’s disease. IGC-AD1 is currently in Phase 2 (Phase 2B) clinical trials after completing nearly a decade of research and realizing positive results from pre-clinical and a Phase 1 trial. This previous research into IGC-AD1 has demonstrated efficacy in reducing plaques and tangles, which are two important hallmarks of Alzheimer’s, as well as reducing neuropsychiatric symptoms associated with dementia in Alzheimer’s disease, such as agitation.

Alzheimer’s is a progressive neurodegenerative disorder characterized by memory loss, cognitive decline, and behavioral changes. As the most common cause of dementia, it affects over a billion50 million people worldwide. We believe life-altering solutions are within the reach of the current generation by applying creative concepts, dedicated study, a passion for community, and wellness empowerment, to cutting edge research, technology, and product development.

We believe that wellness and access to affordable, naturally derived therapies, and efficacious products and medicinesThe disease is a human right and that hemp derived cannabinoids are a significantly viable alternative to many current medications. Hemp itself is an impressively sustainable plant, and early anecdotal evidence suggests cannabinoid and hemp sciences may open doors to novel solutions for numerous diseases currently believed to be without a cure or without significant treatment options.

At IGC we resolve to not only create and make available cannabinoid-based formulations, but to work towards changing current stigmas around hemp so that these medicines can be made available to the people who need them most. Since 2014, our team has been committed to researching the application of cannabinoids in combination with other compounds to address various ailments, using our research to develop intellectual property, formulations, and multiple wellness and lifestyle brands. In Fiscal 2020, we were awarded a patent for our novel cannabinoid-based formulation addressing cachexia and eating disorders in humans. This followed our Fiscal 2019 award of a patent for our formulation addressing pain. Since 2014, the Company has also filed eight other patents to address various diseases such as seizures, eating disorders, fatigue, and stammering, among others.

In Fiscal 2020, we filed an Investigative New Drug Application (“INDA”)associated with the FDAaccumulation of plaques and tangles in the brain, leading to brain cell deterioration and impaired cognitive functions. Currently, there is no cure for a double-blind, placebo-controlled, 100-person trial for treating patients suffering from Alzheimer’s, disease with our patent pending cannabinoid formulation Hyalolex™ Dropsand the projected cost of Clarity™. In the long term we hope our efforts in cannabinoid-based Life Sciences segment lead to affordable, yet powerful, medications that can change lives; elevating,Alzheimer’s and empowering the wellbeing of the communities we serve.

Our efforts since 2014, combined with the legalization of hemp through the 2018 Farm Bill, have created potentially large opportunities in hemp and cannabinoid science, which we intend to capture by creating a vertically integrated company. In order to ensure trustworthy products of the highest quality, in Fiscal 2020 we took steps to internalize processes including growing  hemp from which our cannabinoids are derived and setting up a processing facility that we expect will be operational in Fiscal 2021. Additionally, we established a new production facility where we can make legal, hemp-based, cannabinoid-infused, products. These products areassociated dementia is expected to be sold under severalaround $1 trillion just in the U.S., placing a significant financial strain on individuals, families, and the healthcare system.

The progress we are making in clinical trials gives us confidence in the potential of IGC-AD1 to be a groundbreaking therapy, with the potential to treat Alzheimer’s and also to manage devastating symptoms that separate families, increase admissions to nursing homes, and drive the cost of Alzheimer’s care. We have filed forty-one (41) patent applications in different countries and secured nine patents, including control of four in the Alzheimer’s space. We have built a facility for a potential Phase 3 trial and have strategic relations for the procurement of Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs). In addition, we have acquired and initiated work on TGR-63, a pre-clinical molecule that exhibits an impressive affinity for reducing neurotoxicity in Alzheimer’s cell lines. The advancement of IGC-AD1 into Phase 2 trials represents a significant milestone for the Company and positions us for multiple pathways to future success. We anticipate that the positive outcomes from these and other trials will drive further growth, valuation, and market potential for IGC-AD1, although there can be no assurance thereof.

At IGC Pharma, we recognize the significance of operational excellence and cost management in clinical trials. We have established an internal capability to manage trials, including proprietary software, rather than working with an external Contract Research Organization (CRO). We believe this empowers us to substantially reduce the costs associated with clinical trials compared to relying on external CROs. Our proprietary software allows us to streamline the trial processes, enabling seamless coordination and data management. Additionally, we are integrating machine learning technologies into our software framework. We believe this overlay of Artificial Intelligence (AI) will help us simulate trial scenarios, generate new insights to facilitate improved decision-making, efficiently design our Phase 3 trial, provide advanced data analysis, and ultimately enhancing the effectiveness and efficiency of our brands.clinical trials, although there can be no assurance thereof.

 

Life Sciences Segment

IGC develops advanced formulations for treating diseases and conditions, including Alzheimer’s disease (AD), menstrual cramps (dysmenorrhea), premenstrual syndrome (PMS), and chronic pain. The Company’s leading drug candidate, IGC-AD1, has demonstrated in Alzheimer’s cell lines the potential to be effective in suppressing or ameliorating two key hallmarks of Alzheimer’s: plaques and tangles. IGC-AD1 is currently in a Phase 2B safety and efficacy clinical trial for agitation in dementia from Alzheimer’s (clinicaltrials.gov, NCT05543681). The Company also has a line of consumer product such as HoliefTM, which includes gummies and pain relief creams for women experiencing PMS and menstrual cramps, all currently available for purchase.

5

 

Patent ActivityPharmaceutical: Since 2014, the Company has focused primarily on the potential uses of phytocannabinoids, including Tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and Cannabidiol (CBD), in combination with other compounds to treat multiple diseases, including Alzheimer’s. As a company engaged in the clinical-stage pharmaceutical industry, we focus our research and development efforts, subject to results of future clinical trials, on seeking pharmaceutical solutions that may a) alleviate neuropsychiatric symptoms such as agitation, anxiety, and depression associated with dementia in Alzheimer’s disease; and b) halt the onset, progression, or cure Alzheimer’s disease.

 

The Company currently has two main investigational small molecules in various stages of development:

1)

IGC-AD1, our lead therapeutic candidate, is a THC based formulation that has demonstrated in AD cell lines, in vitro, the potential in reducing a key peptide responsible for Aβ plaques and the potential to decrease or inhibit the phosphorylation of tau, a protein that is responsible for the formation of neurofibrillary tangles, both important hallmarks of AD. In addition, Phase 1 human trial results demonstrated IGC-AD1’s potential to reduce agitation in dementia due to AD. IGC-AD1 is currently in Phase 2B trials for treating agitation in dementia from AD, a condition that affects over 10-million individuals in North America and Europe, and

2)

TGR-63, a non-cannabinoid molecule, is an enzyme inhibitor shown in pre-clinical trials to reduce neurotoxicity in Alzheimer’s cell lines. Neurotoxicity causes cell dysfunction and death in Alzheimer’s disease. If shown to be efficacious, in AD cell lines, in halting this process, this inhibitor has the potential to treat Alzheimer’s disease by ameliorating Aβ plaques.

Over-the-Counter Products: We created a women’s wellness brand, Holief™ available through online channels that is compliant with relevant federal, state, and local laws and regulations. Holief™ is an all-natural, non-GMO, vegan, line of over-the-counter (OTC) products aimed at treating menstrual cramps (dysmenorrhea) and premenstrual symptoms (PMS). The products are available through Amazon and other online channels.

Alzheimers disease

The National Institute on Aging (NIA) at the National Institutes of Health (NIH) defines Alzheimer’s as an irreversible, progressive brain disorder that destroys memory and thinking skills. According to the Alzheimer’s Association, approximately 11% of Americans over 65 have Alzheimer’s dementia, and many more could be undiagnosed. Some researchers suspect half of the 80 and over population will develop Alzheimer’s (Alzheimer’s Association, 2023). Alzheimer’s is the third leading cause of death, after heart disease and cancer. (NIA, 2019). The Alzheimer’s crisis is growing, and by 2030, World Health Organization (WHO, 2020) estimates that 55 million people worldwide will have dementia. With no approved cure, the global cost of dementia is expected to rise to about $2.8 trillion by 2030.

Dementia is a broader term used to describe the loss of cognitive functioning, including thinking, remembering, reasoning, and behavioral abilities. The WHO believes Alzheimer’s may be responsible for up to 70% of dementia. Alzheimer’s disease, and the dementia associated with it, is a progressive disease. Symptoms such as agitation, anxiety, depression, sleep disturbance (sundown syndrome), delusions, and hallucinations often begin to appear in patients in their mid-60s.

The NIA categorizes Alzheimer’s in three stages–- mild, moderate, and severe (NIA, 2019). Symptoms of mild Alzheimer’s can include wandering (getting lost, not remembering the way home), trouble handling money and paying bills, repeating questions, and personality or behavior changes. As the disease progresses to moderate, there is damage to the areas of the brain that control language, reasoning, sensory processing, and conscious thought. Patients can have difficulty with multi-step tasks such as getting dressed. Behavioral problems, including hallucinations, delusions, paranoia, and impulsive behavior, can also increase. When severe Alzheimer’s sets in, plaques and tangles spread throughout the patient’s brain, and the brain shrinks significantly. People with severe Alzheimer’s are completely dependent on others for care. They cannot communicate, and near the end of their life, they may be largely bedridden as the body shuts down (NIA, 2021).

Currently, there are limited options to help Alzheimer’s patients with the debilitating symptoms of the disease or relief for the burden placed on their caregivers (Cheng, 2017). Our Phase 1 trial for IGC-AD1 may provide hope for those patients suffering from mild to severe dementia due to Alzheimer’s disease.

6

Alzheimers Disease (AD) Pathology

Alzheimer’s pathology can be divided into two categories, familial or inherited AD and sporadic AD. The histopathology of early-onset familial AD and late-onset sporadic AD are indistinguishable. Both forms of AD are characterized by extracellular amyloid-β (Aβ) plaques and intracellular tau-containing neurofibrillary tangles (Gӧtz, et al., 2011). Simplistically, in normal brain functioning, a large protein called Amyloid Precursor Protein (APP) is cleaved into smaller fragments called Aβ proteins. In a normal brain, these are subsequently broken down further and cleared. However, in AD brains, these Aβ proteins are not broken down and cleared; they instead stick to one another and deposit as inter-neuronal sticky plaque—that is, they deposit as plaque between neurons. In the brain, within a neuron, tau (τ) is a key protein that holds together the transport scaffold. As an analogy, it is the brick and mortar of the highway over which nutrients are transported within a neuron. In an AD brain, tau breaks down due to a process called hyperphosphorylation and is unable to hold the transport highway. The breakdown results in neurofibrillary tangles (NFTs) and eventually leads to neuronal death.

The misfolded structure of Aβ proteins, along with NFTs, generates a characteristic tendency for their aggregation (Chiti & Dobson, 2006) around damaged or dead neurons and within cerebral vasculature in the brain. It manifests by memory loss followed by progressive dementia. It has long been believed that Aβ1–40 (Aβ40) and Aβ1–42 (Aβ42) aggregates are the constituents of the insoluble plaques that are characteristic of AD. This disease is also associated with neuroinflammation, excitotoxicity, and oxidative stress (Campbell & Gowran, 2007; Rich, et al., 1995). However, the continuous aggregation of Aβ proteins along with hyperphosphorylation of tau protein inside the cell, causing NFT formation, are generally accepted as the major etiological factors of the neuronal cell death associated with the progression of Alzheimer’s disease (Octave, 1995; Reitz, et al., 2011; Pillay, et al., 2004).

Figure 1: Hallmarks of Alzheimers

●         Extracellular Plaque: β-amyloid (Aβ)

●         Tau Neurofibrillary Tangles (NTFs).

Causes loss of neurons & critical neuronal connections.

Also linked to Alzheimer’s:

●         Metabolism disruption

●         Mitochondrial dysfunction

●         Neuroinflammation

figure1.jpg

IGC-AD1 Studies on Alzheimers

While investigating cannabinoid-based combination therapies, researchers at the University of South Florida (USF) discovered the potential for cannabis to play a role in treating Alzheimer’s. The discovery was featured on Dr. Sanjay Gupta’s CNN show Weed 2. This work also led to several patent filings including one that was granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO). In fiscal year 2018, IGC acquired exclusive rights to the research data and patent filing. The research on the active ingredients of IGC-AD1 (IGC-AD1 Actives) showed that they, in combination, had potentially positive effects on Alzheimer’s disease. Specifically, the pre-clinical research on the IGC-AD1 Actives showed the following:

Impact on plaque levels: Cao et al., (2014) reported a dose-dependent decrease in Aβ40 levels in N2a/AβPPswe cells (AD cell lines) in the presence of the IGC-AD1 Actives, after 24 hours of incubation. Furthermore, repeated exposure reduced Aβ40 levels without changing APP levels, a novel non-obvious, and important finding as APP is a key protein associated with brain functioning. The mode of action is attributed to its direct interaction with Aβ protein and inhibition of Aβ aggregation (Cao et al., 2014).

Impact on Tau Protein: IGC-AD1 Actives lowered the level of phosphorylated Tau (pTau) expression in N2a/AβPPswe cells in a dose-dependent manner. The mode of action was attributed to the direct interaction of IGC AD1 Actives with GSK3 protein kinase, which lowers pTau expression (Cao et al., 2014).

7

Impact on neurotoxicity: Analysis of the neurotoxicity at various doses in N2a/AβPPswe cells after incubation for up to 24 hours showed that the IGC-AD-1 Actives were non-toxic to cells at all doses (Cao et al., 2014).

Impact on Mitochondria: In a novel and non-obvious finding, it was discovered that THC in low doses has the unique property of enhancing mitochondrial functioning in isolated mitochondria obtained from N2a/AβPPswe cells (Cao et al., 2014). This finding is contrary to what THC does at higher doses, alluding to a bi-phasic nature of THC.

Results with a mouse model: Cao’s group extended their in vivo study to aged APP/PS1 mice to evaluate THC’s neuroprotective effects on behavioral models. They used a radial arm water maze (RAWM) to test spatial memory. RAWM tests revealed that treating aged APP/PS1 mice with low doses of THC for three months increased their spatial learning skills in a dose-dependent way (Wang et al., 2022).

Based on the evidence, we hypothesize that IGC-AD1 may have several AD modifying benefits, including:

Reduction in Aβ expression without a reduction in APP.

Reduction in Aβ aggregation and consequently plaques.

Enhanced mitochondrial functioning.

Reduction in the phosphorylation of tau and consequently a reduction in neurofibrillary tangles (NFTs).

Research has shown that micro-dosing of THC could increase the functioning of mitochondria on AD cell lines (Cao et al., 2014) and potentially promote the growth of new pathways (neurogenesis) (Suliman, et al., 2018). Micro-dosing of THC affects the brain radically differently from the normal dosing in the FDA-approved prescription drug, Dronabinol. For example, there is a significant body of research showing that THC is neuro-toxic at normal levels, but micro-doses of THC have been shown to be non-toxic to neurons. With the exciting results of these pre-clinical studies, the Company developed an oral formulation, IGC-AD1, and completed a Phase 1 trial on AD patients.

IGC-AD1 Clinical Trial Data

To the best of our knowledge, the Company’s Phase 1 clinical trial testing the safety and tolerability of IGC-AD1 is the first human clinical trial using low doses of THC, in combination with another molecule, to treat symptoms of dementia in Alzheimer’s patients. THC is a naturally occurring cannabinoid produced by the cannabis plant. It is known for being a psychoactive substance that can impact mental processes in a positive or negative way, depending on the dosage. THC is biphasic, meaning that low and high doses of the substance may affect mental and physiological processes in substantially different ways. For example, in some patients, low doses may relieve a symptom, whereas high doses may amplify a symptom. IGC’s trial is based on low dosing and controlled trials on patients suffering from Alzheimer’s disease.

A double-blind, single-site, randomized, three cohort, multiple-ascending dose (MAD) clinical trial (FDA IND Number: 146069, NCT04749563) was conducted using the investigational new drug (IND) IGC-AD1. IGC received approval to proceed with the Phase 1 clinical trial from the FDA on July 30, 2020. The primary objective was safety and tolerability in elderly patients suffering from Alzheimer’s disease. The secondary objective was measuring changes in neuropsychiatric symptoms (NPS) using the neuropsychiatric inventory (NPI) as well as to assess the risk of suicide using the Columbia-Suicide Severity Rating Scale (C-SSRS). The exploratory objective was to measure the pharmacokinetics (PK) and the impact of polymorphisms of the gene CYP2C9 on PK. In all three cohorts, ten participants received IGC-AD1 and two received a placebo. There were at least four days of washout between the cohorts. In Cohort one, Cohort two, and Cohort three the doses were q.d. (once per day), b.i.d. (twice per day), and t.i.d. (three times per day), respectively. The trial concluded that all three dosing levels were safe with no serious or life-threatening events or deaths reported.

On December 1, 2021, IGC submitted the Clinical/Statistical Report (CSR) to the FDA on its Phase 1 trial titled “A Phase I Randomized Placebo-Controlled MAD Study to Evaluate Safety and Tolerability of IGC-AD1 In Subjects with Dementia Due to Alzheimer’s Disease.” Data that is relevant to the Phase 1 protocol and the design of the Phase 2 trial are presented here. The data presented here is not exhaustive.

8

Primary Endpoint: Safety & Tolerability (S&T)

S&T was assessed by recording both solicited and non-solicited Adverse Events (AEs). The solicited AEs, assessed daily, were somnolence, falls, dizziness, asthenia, suicidal ideation, hypertension, psychiatric symptoms, and paradoxical nausea. All AEs were graded as mild, moderate, severe, life-threatening, and serious (SAE).

● In all three Cohorts, a) there were no SAEs, b) no life-threatening AEs, and c) no deaths.

● One AE, mild dizziness, reported in Cohort 1, was deemed to be related to IGC-AD1. All other AEs across all cohorts were deemed to be not related to IGC-AD1 or to the placebo.

● In Cohort 1, in the group that received IGC-AD1 (N=10), 50% reported hypertension, 40% reported asthenia, 30% reported somnolence and dizziness, 20% reported psychiatric symptoms, and 10% reported falls. One case of dizziness was deemed by the principal investigator (PI) to be related to IGC-AD1. In the placebo group (N=2) 100% reported hypertension, and 50% reported somnolence and falls.

● In Cohort 2 for the IGC-AD1 group, 60% reported psychiatric symptoms, 50% reported somnolence and asthenia, 30% reported hypertension, 20% reported nausea and dizziness, and 10% reported falls and suicidal ideation. In the placebo group 100% reported somnolence, 50% reported dizziness and hypertension.

● In Cohort 3 for the IGC-AD1 group, 70% reported somnolence, 60% reported psychiatric symptoms, 50% reported dizziness and asthenia, and 30% reported hypertension. In the placebo group 100% reported somnolence, and 50% reported hypertension and psychiatric symptoms.

pe_img1.jpg

Secondary Endpoints: Neuropsychiatric Inventory (NPI)

Neuropsychiatric Symptoms (NPS) such as delusions, hallucinations, agitation/aggression, depression, anxiety, elation/euphoria, apathy, disinhibition, irritability, aberrant motor behavior, sleep disorders, and appetite/eating disorders are prevalent in patients who have Alzheimer’s disease (Phan et al., 2019). NPS in Alzheimer’s is a significant burden on patients and caregivers, and at some point, in the progression of Alzheimer’s disease, more than 97% of patients suffer from at least one symptom. The Neuropsychiatric Inventory (NPI) (Cummings et al., 1994) measures the severity of each symptom and establishes both individual symptom scores as well as an overall NPI score. Separately, the NPI also scores caregiver distress (NPI-D). The NPI is used by about 50% of neurologists to assess and treat Alzheimer’s patients (Fernandez et al., 2010).

9

In the Phase 1 trial conducted on patients with Alzheimer’s disease, we measured changes in NPS as assessed by the NPI-12 as well as caregiver distress as assessed by the NPI-D. In the Phase 1 trial (N=10), seven received the active medication, and at baseline they had symptomatic Agitation with domain scores between two and twelve. In Cohorts two and three six Participants had symptomatic Agitation. We measured and analyzed the change in the mean NPI score for Agitation between Day 1 and Day 10 and between Day 1 and Day 15 for all three cohorts.

As shown in Table below, our analysis shows Cohort 2 had the largest absolute change in the mean Agitation score between Day one and Day ten (53% drop, p=.085) as well as between Day 1 and Day 15 (67% drop, p=.05).

Table 1: NPI analysis for each of the three cohorts

Domain

Cohort 1 (n=7)

Cohort 2 (n=6)

Cohort 3 (n=5)

Agitation

Baseline

Day

Day

Baseline

Day

Day

Baseline

Day

Day

 

Day 0

10

15

Day 0

10

15

Day 0

10

15

Mean Score

4.7

3.3

3

4.3

2.1

1.5

4.2

3.2

1.4

Mean Change

-

1.4

1.7

-

2.2

2.8

-

1

2.8

Mean Change%

-

37%

48%

-

53%

67%

-

23%

67%

p-values

-

0.058

0.045

-

0.085

0.05

-

0.29

0.045

P(T<=t) two-tail

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

According to the NPI Test, a reduction of 4 points or 30% in the score is considered clinically meaningful. In addition, we also used a paired 2-tailed t-test with 9 degrees of freedom to assess the statistical significance of the decrease both in the overall NPI and individual NPI domains.

● In Cohort 1 for those on IGC-AD1, the mean NPI decreased from a baseline 31.5 (SD 27.2) to 16.7 (SD 16.2) on day 10 (p = 0.0044) and 14.8 (SD 16.0) on day 15 (p = 0.0095).

o Individual domains that showed improvement were in Agitation (p = .05), Dilutions (p = .05), Anxiety (p = .09), and Appetite and Eating Disorders (p = .01).

● In Cohort 2 for those on IGC-AD1, the mean NPI decreased from a baseline of 22.2 (SD 14.8) to 10.4 (SD 11.5) on day 10 (p = 0.0026) and 12.4 (SD14.7) on day 15 (p = 0.0127).

o Individual domains that showed improvement were Agitation (p = .06), Irritability (p = .04), and Depression (p = .01).

● In Cohort 3 for those on IGC-AD1 the mean NPI decreased from a baseline of 16.0 (SD14.7) to 14.6 (SD10.9) on day 10 (p = 0.6751) and 7.9 (SD 9.0) on day 15 (p = 0.0113).

o Individual domain that showed improvement was Agitation (p = .06).

Figure 5: Results on Neuropsychiatric Symptoms (NPS) Measured by NPI Scores

figure5.jpg
10

These results represent the intervention of IGC-AD1 in patients showed an overall improvement in NPS, and specifically in agitation, anxiety, and depression domains. Caregiver distress improved as well.

Figure 6: Results on Agitation Measured by NPI Scores

figure6.jpg

These results represents that all three different doses, agitation improves both clinically and statistically (p<.05).

Phase 2 Clinical Trial Update

Typically, a Phase 2 trial is divided into a Phase 2A and a Phase 2B trial with the former designed to assess dosing requirements and the latter to establish efficacy. In this document, we refer to the trial as Phase 2 and Phase 2B interchangeably. The Company has initiated a Phase 2B protocol titled “A Phase 2, Multi-Center, Double-Blind, Randomized, Placebo-controlled, trial of the safety and efficacy of IGC-AD1 on agitation in participants with dementia due to Alzheimer’s disease”. The protocol is powered at 146 Alzheimer’s patients, with half receiving placebo, and is a superiority, parallel group study. While subject to changes, we expect to conduct the trial at about fifteen sites in USA, Canada, and Colombia. The primary end point is agitation in dementia due to Alzheimer’s disease as rated by the Cohen-Mansfield Agitation Inventory (CMAI) over a six-week period. The Phase 2 trial will also look at eleven exploratory objectives, including changes in anxiety, changes in cognitive processes such as attention, orientation, language, and visual spatial skills as well as memory, changes in depression, delusions, hallucinations, euphoria/elation, apathy, disinhibition, irritability, aberrant motor behavior, sleep disorder, appetite, quality of life, and caregiver burden. In addition, the trial will evaluate the impact of CYP450 polymorphisms and specifically CYP2C9 on each of the NPS and assess any reductions in psychotropic drugs, among others. CYP2C9 ranks amongst the most important drug metabolizing enzymes in humans, as it breaks down over 100 drugs, including nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory all drugs. We seek to understand how various versions of the enzyme act on IGC-AD1. Each participant will receive two doses of IGC-AD1 (b.i.d.) or two doses of placebo per day for six weeks.

Rationale For IGC-AD1 Phase 2

The rationale for targeting agitation associated with dementia due to Alzheimer’s:

About 76% of AD patients suffer from agitation as rated by the CMAI (Van der Mussele, et al., 2015). While there can be no guarantee, we expect the Phase 2 trial to take between 12 and 18 months to complete, barring a variety of unknown factors, such as a resurgence of COVID and the enforcement of lockdowns and travel restrictions. Agitation is a behavioral syndrome characterized by increased, often undirected, motor activity, restlessness, aggressiveness, and emotional distress.

Symptoms of AD depend on the stage of the disease: preclinical, mild, moderate, or severe. NPS like agitation, apathy, delusions, hallucinations, and sleep impairment are common accompaniments of dementia. Loss of functionality, including progressive difficulty in performing instrumental and basic activities of daily living, are also seen with disease progression (Tang et al., 2019). There is a spectrum of behavioral disorders that can affect patients with AD. These include agitation, anxiety, disturbance of the sleep cycle, depression, inappropriate sexual behavior, disinhibition, and irritability, among others (Lyketsos et al., 2011). These behavioral disturbances not only affect the patient’s quality of life but also cause extreme emotional distress for the caregivers. These disturbances can become very difficult to manage, so most of the time, combinational therapy is used (Matsunaga, et al., 2015). This can cause secondary undesirable effects, such as excessive sleepiness, which diminishes the capability of the patient to be active and alert during the day; dizziness, which can increase the risk for falls (Allan, et al., 2005); worsening of cognitive function, which in turn worsens functionality (Paterniti S, et al., 2002); and even death due to cardiovascular complications (Qiu, et. Al., 2006).

11

NMI Compounds

Researchers at the Jawaharlal Nehru Centre for Advanced Scientific Research (JNCASR), in India conducted approximately 10 years of research and discovery work on naphthalene monoimide (NMI) compounds and the role of NMI compounds on neurotoxicity associated with Alzheimer’s. In Alzheimer’s patients, neurotoxicity is linked to beta amyloid (Aβ) plaques and Neuro Fibrillary Tangles (NFT). JNCASR’s research based on Alzheimer’s cell lines identified one lead NMI molecule, TGR-63, from a family of NMI molecules, with the potential to reduce beta amyloid (Aβ) plaques. Further, they demonstrated that the molecule reduces cognitive decline in a transgenic mouse model of Alzheimer’s. Their results were published in Advanced Therapeutics under the title “Naphthalene Monoimide Derivative Ameliorates Amyloid Burden and Cognitive Decline in a Transgenic Mouse Model of Alzheimer’s Disease” on January 28, 2021.

Figure 7: Shows the reduction of the amyloid burden by TGR63 in the APP/PS1 AD phenotypic mice model:

figure7.jpg

Figure 7 shows the Reduction of amyloid burden by TGR63 in APP/PS1 AD phenotypic mice model. A) Visualization of amyloid plaques in half hemisphere: Confocal microscopy images of coronal section of WT, AD mice, and TGR63 treated AD mice brain immunostained with amyloid fibrils specific OC primary antibody followed by fluorescently (λex = 633nm, λem = 650nm) labeled secondary antibody (red) and DAPI (blue). B) Reduction of cortical and hippocampal amyloid burden by TGR63 treatment: Higher magnification images of vehicle and TGR63 treated mice (WT and AD) brain sections to visualize and compare the Aβplaques deposition in the cortex and hippocampus areas. The brain tissue sections were immunostained with amyloid fibrils specific primary antibody (OC) and red fluorescent-labeled (λex = 633nm and λem = 650nm) secondary antibody. C, D) Quantification of Aβplaques: Amount of Aβplaques (%area) deposited in different regions (cortex and hippocampus) of vehicle and TGR63 treated mice (WT and AD) brain was analyzed. Data represent mean ± SEM, number of mice = 3 per group (*p < 0.05). Scale bar: 20 µm.

On November 11, 2021, Hamsa Biopharma India Pvt. Ltd. (Hamsa Biopharma), a directly owned subsidiary of the Company, executed a Term Sheet with JNCASR, and on March 28, 2022, entered into an agreement for exclusive global rights corresponding to the molecules, technology, patent, and patent filings. The completion of outstanding items in the agreement occurred on May 10, 2022, and the agreement with JNCASR was filed on Form 8K on May 12, 2022. Pursuant to the agreement, IGC (through Hamsa Biopharma) acquired exclusive global rights to the molecule, which it intends to pursue as a drug development candidate, subject to further study, research, and development.

Rationale for the Acquisition of TGR-63

As partdescribed above, IGC is currently engaged in human trials with IGC-AD1 that targets certain symptoms associated with dementia in Alzheimer’s. IGC-AD1 is currently being tested as a symptom modifying agent. Subject to further study, research, and development, TGR-63, on the other hand, could give the Company a potential disease modifying agent to expand the Company’s pursuit of a drug that can potentially treat or modify Alzheimer’s.

12

Contract Research Organization (CRO) and Clinical Trial Software

The IGC-Pharma Electronic Data Capture system (IGC-EDC) is a secure and user-friendly data management software designed to collect clinical trial data in electronic format. The software incorporates rigorous security measures that help IGC to protect data and ensure compliance with regulatory requirements and industry standards. This format is designed for our clinical trials, especially our Phase 2 trial. The EDC system is designed to store and organize handwritten source documents, including medical history, concomitant medications, laboratory results, neuropsychiatric scales scores, adverse events, vital signs, safety calls, demographics, among others. The system allows users to generate data reports that will be used for data analysis and generate computational models to simulate the effects of our investigational drug IGC-AD1 on participants’ outcomes. At IGC Pharma, we recognize the significance of operational excellence and cost management in clinical trials. One major cost driver in conducting trials is the expense associated with engaging CROs. These costs can significantly impact on the overall budget of a trial. To address this challenge and optimize trial costs, we have established an internal CRO, including proprietary software that we believe sets us apart from the traditional approach of outsourcing. We believe this strategic move will enable us to reduce the costs associated with clinical trials compared to relying on external CROs, although there can be no assurance. We have also begun working on overlaying machine learning technologies and Artificial Intelligence (AI) into the software framework for trial management with the expectation that this can lead to improved decision-making, contextual data entry, computational models, trial design (Phase 3), and data analysis, although there can be no assurance thereof.

Intellectual Property

Our goal is to use our intellectual property strategy,(IP) to develop products that we seek appropriate patent protection forcan bring to market in one or more of the following channels:

1. Pharmaceutical products that are subject to FDA-approvals. We currently have one Alzheimer’s symptom modifying investigational drug candidate (IGC-AD1) in Phase 2 clinical trials under an INDA filed with the FDA, and a potential Alzheimer’s disease modifying drug development candidate (TGR-63) in a pre-clinical stage.

2. Branded wellness and lifestyle products to be sold in multiple retail and online channels, subject to applicable product candidates, drug delivery systems,federal, state, and molecular modifications, as well as other proprietary technologieslocal laws and their uses, by filing patent applications inregulations.

3. Partnerships and licensing agreements with third parties who can accelerate bringing our IP to the U.S. and select other countries. We intend for these patent applications to cover, where possible, claims for medical uses, processes for preparation, and processes for delivery and formulations. We have also applied for approximately 26 trademarks under various classes.market.

 

The Company holds all rights to the patents that have beenit filed by us with the USPTO. In Fiscal 2017, the Company also acquired exclusive rights to the data and the patent filing from University of South Florida (“USF”). AlthoughUSF. Subsequent to Fiscal 2022, the Company acquired exclusive rights to the data and the patent filing from JNCASR.

The Company believes the registration of patents is an important part of its business strategy and its success depends in part on such registration,future success. However, the Company cannot guarantee that suchthese patent filings will result inlead to a successful registration with the United States Patent and Trademark office (“USPTO”).USPTO. Please see Item 1A, Risk Factors- “We may not successfully register the provisional patents with the USPTO”.USPTO.”

 

The tableTable below provides athe status of our patent filings:

 

Formulation

Indication

Provisional Filing

PCT Filing

Status

IGC-501

Pain

09/16/14

09/16/15

Patent issued on 11/06/2018 (#10,117,891)

IGC-502

Seizures

01/25/15

01/14/16

Pending

IGC-503

Seizures

04/01/15

03/25/16

Pending

IGC-504

Eating Disorders

08/12/15

08/11/16

Patent issued on 03/24/2020

(#10,596,159 B2)

IGC-505

Seizures

06/15/16

06/15/16

Pending

IGC-506

Eating Disorders

02/28/17

02/27/18

Pending

IGC-507

 IGC-AD1

Alzheimer’s Disease

07/30/15

Anticipated in Fiscal 2021

Pending

IGC-508

CNS Disorders

3/29/18

03/29/19

Pending

IGC-509

Fatigue and energy restoration

10/4/18

10/04/19

Pending

IGC-510

Stammering, Tourette’s syndrome

5/23/19

Anticipated in Fiscal 2021

Pending

TARGET

DESCRIPTION

PATENT

PENDING

GRANTED PATENTS

US

FOREIGN

Alzheimer’s Disease (IGC-AD1)​

Method & Composition for Treating CNS Disorders​

10

2

-

Alzheimer’s Disease (TGR-63) ​

Manufactured molecule with ability to impact plaque build-up

10

1

1

Alzheimer’s Disease (IGC-LMP)​

Composition, Synthesis, & Medical use of Hybrid Cannabinoid​

1

-

-

Epilepsy​

Composition & Method for Treating Seizures in Mammals

2

2

-

Eating Disorders ​

Method & Composition for Treating Cachexia & Eating Disorders​​

1

1

-

Stuttering & Tourette Syndrome ​

Compositions & Methods using Cannabinoids for Treating Stuttering & Symptoms of Tourette Syndrome ​

5

-

-

Fatigue & Restoring Energy​​

Cannabis-Based Method & Compositions for Relieving Fatigue & Restoring Energy​

6

-

-

Pain​

Cannabinoid Composition & Method for Treating Pain​

6

2

-

                                                               TOTAL

41

8

1

 

Products & Services

Infrastructure segment

We have been operating the Infrastructure segment since 2008 and our revenue in Fiscal 2020 was primarily derived from this segment:

a)    Execution of Construction Contracts – The Company is executing a road building contract in Kerala, India valued initially at approximately $0.6 million. Throughout Fiscal 2020, the Company worked on execution of the contract as well as sought approval for an expansion of the contract. The total value of the contract was increased to approximately $1.1 million. The Company estimates that it will take between 12 and 15 months to complete the work. Work on this project has been temporarily suspended due to COVID-19. We expect to re-start the project in the second quarter of Fiscal 2021.

b)    Purchase and Resale of Physical Commodities Used in Infrastructure – This business line includes the purchase and resale of infrastructure materials including steel, wooden doors, marble, and tiles, among others. This work has been adversely affected due to COVID-19.

c)    Rental of Heavy Construction Equipment – We own heavy construction equipment such as motor grader, transit mixers and rollers, that we rent to construction contractors. This business is seasonal and had minimal revenue during Fiscal 2020.

6
13

 

Life ScienceProducts & Servicesssegment

This segment is a) dedicated to research on cannabinoidsWe market our brand, Holief™, and their efficacy on diseases and ailments, and b) the creation, marketing, and sales of cannabinoid-based wellness and lifestyle brands.

In Fiscal 2020, we advancedformulations for the development of several brands, building out our “house of brands” that we intend to market online and through retail storesproducts, in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. We are enthusiastic aboutAlthough there can be no assurance, we believe the brand and the formulations have significant potential of these concepts to address various segments ofin the growing cannabinoidnatural products-based wellness and lifestyle product market. In Fiscal

Holief

The word “Holief” was created by combining the words “holistic” and “relief.” The brand includes multiple hemp-based products for women. Holief™ includes a patented formulation for treating the pain and symptoms of Premenstrual Syndrome (PMS) and period cramps. These products provide a natural alternative to pain medications such as opioids. The products are available online and through Amazon and other online channels.

Infrastructure segment

The Company’s infrastructure business has been operating since 2008, it includes: (i) Execution of Construction Contracts and (ii) Rental of Heavy Construction Equipment.

COVID-19 Update

The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting containment measures that have been in effect from time to time in various countries and territories since early 2020 have had a number of substantial negative impacts on businesses around the Company generated $411 thousand revenue from its Life Sciences segment, howeverworld and on global, regional, and national economies, including widespread disruptions in supply chains for a wide variety of products and resulting increases in the prices of many goods and services. Currently, our production facilities in all of our locations continue to operate as they had before the COVID-19 has forcedpandemic, with few changes other than for enhanced safety measures intended to prevent the Company to delay the launch of somespread of the brands and products. In Fiscal 2020virus.

Some of our ongoing clinical trials experienced short-term interruptions in the Company, in responserecruitment of patients due to the COVID-19 pandemic, adapted its manufacturing facilityas hospitals prioritized their resources towards the COVID-19 pandemic and government-imposed travel restrictions. Some clinical trials experienced increased expenses due to include FDA-registered alcohol-based hand sanitizers,new protocols to protect participants from COVID-19. Additionally, certain suppliers had difficulties meeting their delivery commitments, and we are experiencing longer lead times for components. Future shutdowns could have an adverse impact on our operations. However, the extent of the impact of any future shutdown or delay is highly uncertain and difficult to predict.

It is difficult at this time to estimate the complete impact that COVID-19 could have on our business, including our customers and suppliers, as the effects will depend on future developments, which goare highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. Infections may resurge or become more widespread, including due to new variants and the limitation on sale in Fiscal 2021. The Company’s hand sanitizerour ability to travel and timely sell and distribute our products, are available under the brands: Hyalolex™ and Camas Naturals™.

Hyalolex™

In Fiscal 2020, we expanded the Hyalolex™ brand from the original formulation of Hyalolex™ Drops of Clarity™ , to include CBD infused tinctures, intended as aids for sleep disorders, stress, and other ailments, as well as offering traditionalany closures or supply disruptions may be prolonged for extended periods, all of which would have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, and hemp-infused hand sanitizers. Hyalolex™ Drops of Clarity™, which remains our flagship product, is not an FDA-approved pharmaceutical drug. It is currently sold in Puerto Rico through dispensaries.operating results.

 

The name Hyalolex™, is based on the Greek roots “hyalo” which can be interpreted as clarity, being clear or glass-like, and “lex” referring to reading or words, respectively.

The original formulation of Hyalolex™ Drops of Clarity™ is based on work that was done at USF that filed a patent that we acquired and continued to pursue by responding to queries by the USPTO in Fiscal 2020. The research performed by USF indicated that in Alzheimer’s cell lines, Alzheimer’s animal models, and in some human studies, the active ingredients in Hyalolex™ Drops of Clarity™, may effectively alleviate many of the symptoms associated with Alzheimer’s. The research and cell data indicated a reduction in the aggregation of ® amyloid protein (“A® protein”) that deposits senile plaque between neurons, leading to interference with intra-neuronal signaling1. The research also showed a reduction in Neurofibrillary Tangles (“NFTs”) by reducing the hyperphosphorylation of microtubule-associated protein Tau that leads to neuronal death.

Plaques and NFTs are the hallmarks of Alzheimer’s. Patients with Alzheimer’s disease may suffer from a variety of Behavioral and Psychological Symptoms of Dementia (“BPSD”) including anxiety, agitation, dementia, depression, and sleep disorder, among others. These symptoms often result in hard-to-manage patients and caregiver distress. Application of our formulation in animal studies using transgenic Alzheimer’s mice (mice with Alzheimer’s) showed an improvement in memory. These exciting results led our team to create Hyalolex™ Drops of Clarity™ as an oral formulation. As a next step, in Fiscal 2020, the Company filed an INDA with the FDA for a phase II double-blind, placebo-controlled, 100-person trial, for the formulation. The trial will study the efficacy of the formulation on BPSD in patients suffering from Alzheimer’s. The site for the Phase II study is expected to be Puerto Rico, where we purchased space in a hospital building for running the trial.

In order to assist with the global response toEven after the COVID-19 pandemic has subsided, we created several formulations of hand sanitizers, compliant withmay continue to experience an adverse impact on our business due to the recommendationscontinued global economic impact of the World Health Organization (“WHO”) andCOVID-19 pandemic. We cannot anticipate all of the Center for Disease Control (“CDC”) guidelines. Our facilityways in Vancouver is registered with the FDA as are most of our hand sanitizer formulations. Our liquid WHO formulations are hand rubs that can be used in hospitals and by first responders, while our gel formulations, infused with one or more ingredients including zinc oxide, hemp oil, lavender oil, lemon oil and Aloe Vera, are for commercial use.

In Fiscal 2020, we reported no revenue from hand sanitizers, as they went on sale in April 2020. HyalolexTM brand hand sanitizers are currently available for purchase online at www.hyalolexhandsanitizer.com.

Holi Hemp

In Fiscal 2020, we prepared our production facility to offer extraction, distillation, tolling, and white labeling services under the brand of Holi Hemp™. However, due to COVID-19, we were unable to complete the commissioning of all the equipment. We expect that when the equipment is commissioned, we will be vertically integrated in the hemp industry, where we can control the growing, processing and production of products. We expect that the facility will also allow us to offer serviceswhich health epidemics such as extraction and distillationCOVID-19 could adversely impact our business. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors” for further discussion of biomass to hemp farmers.the possible impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business.


1 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2813509/ 

 

Business Strategy

The Life Sciences business strategy includes:

1.

Subject to FDA approval, developing IGC-AD1 as a drug for treating agitation in dementia due to Alzheimer’s and investigating and developing TGR-63 for the potential treatment of Alzheimer’s disease.

2.

Marketing Holief™, and formulations.

7
14

 

Update on previously announced products

Natrinol™, previously namedWe believe developing a drug for either symptoms or as a productdisease-modifying agent has less risk due to the need for Pain, has been folded intomulti-year trials and FDA approval. However, there is a considerable upside and significant value creation to the extent we obtain a first-to-market advantage, of which there can be no assurance. If we were to obtain a first-to-market advantage, such an advantage could result in significant growth if and when an approved drug launches. Our Holief™ brand. The Company’s work on Serosapse™, previously named as a product for Parkinson's, has been put on hold as we work on otherformulation strategy includes expanding the line of products and brands. NO3A™, initially targeting the beverage industry, has been folded into Sunday Seltzer™.

Business Strategy

Our strategy for the Infrastructure segment is to invest informulations, and competitively bid on construction contracts, for example to build roads, bridges,developing online services that connect women with healthcare professionals who can help with PMS and other civil works in Kerala India, and to opportunistically buy and sell infrastructure and other commodities. The Company currently lacks visibility into this business because the COVID-19 pandemic and stay-at-home / shelter in place orders have slowed down this industry.

dysmenorrhea. We view our desire to be vertically integrated in the hemp industry as providing us with several profit opportunities that we expect to focus on in Fiscal 2021:

1) sale of branded products, under the Herbo™, Hyalolex™, Camas Naturals™, Holief™ and Sunday Seltzer™ product lines, among others;

2) white labeling of products such as lotions, creams, oils, for other brands;

3) wholesale of hemp extracts including hemp crude extract and hemp isolate, among others;

4) processing of hemp biomass and crude oil for farmers in the Northwest U.S. and Canada; and

5) sale of hand sanitizers.

Though the biotech part of our Life Sciences strategy will take longer for investors to see results, and carries more risk, this sector provides significantly greater defensible growth potential. Tackling a disease like Alzheimer’s with cannabinoids may seem to be a bold endeavor, but we believe the evidence we have developed and obtained is compelling and merits exhaustive investigation and research. We are dedicated to the cause, having filed patents, and an INDA with the FDA, as well as having established a trial center under contract with a team of experts in the field. Our approach is to look at the efficacy for BPSD first, and, if successful turn our attention to the hallmarks of Alzheimer’s: plaques and tangles.

We also believe that the ongoingbuilding an online community that brings women together can create brand equity, loyalty, generate revenue, and expandeddrive valuation.

We believe that additional investment in clinical trials, Researchresearch, and Development (“R&D”)development (R&D), facilities, marketing, and advertising, as well and the acquisition of complementary products and businesses supporting ourwill be critical to the ongoing growth of the Life Sciences segment, is critical tosegment. These investments will fuel the development and delivery of innovative products and best in classthat drive positive patient and customer experience. Part of our strategy isexperiences. We hope to leverage our R&D and our intellectual property to develop ground-breaking, science-based products that are well differentiated and backed by scienceproven effective through planned pre-clinical and clinical trials. Wetrials, subject to FDA approval. Although there can be no assurance, we believe this strategy has the potential tocan improve our existing products and lead to the creation of new hemp-based products which, based on scientific study and research, in turn may offer positive resultsthat can provide treatment options for the treatment of certainmultiple conditions, symptoms, and/orand side effects.

 

Our Infrastructure strategy includes the following:

8

 

Fiscal 2020 Highlights

 

•     The Company is executing a road building contract in Kerala, India valued initially at approximately $0.6 million. Throughout Fiscal 2020, the Company worked on execution of the contract as well as sought approval for an expansion of the contract. The total value of the contract was increased to approximately $1.1 million. The Company estimates that it will take between 12 and 15 months to complete the work. Work on this project has been temporarily suspended due to COVID-19. We expect to re-start the project in second quarter of Fiscal 2021.

•     The Company filed an INDA with the FDA for a double-blind, placebo-controlled, 100-person trial, for its proprietary patent pending formulation based on IGC-AD1 that uses ultra-low doses of tetrahydrocannabinol (“THC”) with other natural compounds intended to assist in the management of the care of patients suffering from Alzheimer’s disease.

•     IGC filed a provisional patent, IGC 510, Compositions and Methods using CBD for treating stammering and symptoms of Tourette syndrome with the USPTO.

•     The Company established an approximately $0.5 million facility in San Juan, Puerto Rico to house and conduct trials.

•     As part of an out-reach and marketing campaign, we distributed samples of Hyalolex™ Drops of Clarity™, to dispensaries in Puerto Rico. The formulation is currently available in about 51 dispensaries in Puerto Rico. While this is a small market penetration, it allows us to collect data. Based on feedback received from customers and dispensaries in Puerto Rico, the Company has expanded the scope of the Hyalolex™ formulation to potentially target other ailments, such as anxiety and sleep disorders, and has introduced a line of products including tinctures, among others. These will all be branded under Hyalolex™, with the original formulation branded as Hyalolex™ Drops of Clarity™. Post COVID-19 based stay-in-place restrictions we expect to manufacture and distribute these products initially in Puerto Rico and subsequently online and in other states.

•     In Fiscal 2020 the Company in response to the COVID-19 pandemic adapted its manufacturing facility to include FDA-registered alcohol-based hand sanitizers, which go on sale in Fiscal 2021.

•     The Company advanced its branding and product strategy with the development of several brands aimed at various sectors of the market. The progress includes filing trademark applications and intent to use applications; securing URLs; creating product formulations, labelling, and packaging; obtaining product insurance; securing product development teams; conducting focus groups; performing quality and taste testing; and organizing and registering limited liability companies to mitigate risk, among others.

•     The Company grows hemp in Arizona. The crop has passed inspection by the Arizona Department of Agriculture (“AZDA”) and has been certified as legal by AZDA. However, the harvest is delayed due to of the difficulty in finding workers because of the social distancing rules brought on by COVID-19.

•     We prepared our facilities in Washington for the dual purpose of manufacturing finished products as well as for extraction and distillation. Most of our hemp processing and distillation equipment is sourced from China. Currently, due to COVID-19 the commissioning and certification of the equipment is delayed as the technicians are unable to travel from China to the U.S.

•     On February 15, 2020, the Company signed a Share Subscription Agreement (“SSA”) with Evolve I, to acquire 20% of Evolve I. As of March 31, 2020, the Company has not completed its due diligence.

•     IGC recently received notification that on March 24, 2020, the USPTO issued a method and composition patent (#10,596,159 B2) for the Company’s cannabinoid formulation for the treatment of cachexia and eating disorders in humans and veterinary animals. IGC filed this application for its IGC-504 formulation (#15/751,901) on August 11, 2016.

Executing existing construction contracts, and

 

leasing heavy construction equipment.

9

 

Markets and Distribution

 

Infrastructure Life Sciences segmentsegment

 

The stateThere is a growing awareness around PMS, dysmenorrhea, and menopause. Approximately 31.3 million (Statista, 2021) women in America suffer from dysmenorrhea and PMS. Our Life Sciences revenue is less than 1% of Kerala and the National Highway Authority of India publish Requestrelevant global market, which implies a tremendous opportunity for Proposals (RFP) with a Statement of Work (SOW) for the building of various infrastructure projects such as roads, bridges, by-passes, etc.growth. In Fiscal 2020, we2023, our sales and suppliers were concentrated, which represents some risk. Two customers accounted for over 10% of sales.

Infrastructure segment

In Fiscal 2023, our infrastructure business focused on executing a construction projectprojects in the state of Kerala. While executing this construction project, we took advantage of other opportunities to generate revenue from our infrastructure assets. We also purchase and resell physical commodities that are used in the construction business by constructions companies. In addition, we maintain alease our small fleet of heavy construction equipment, in Kerala consisting of motor grader, transit mixers andincluding graders, rollers, etc., that is leased out to construction companies. In Fiscal 2020, we have a total of 5 customers and 3 suppliers of infrastructure materials, which account for over 10% of sales and cost of sales. For the level of business, and the value of each trade, we believe that the number of customers we have does not constitute inordinate customer risk. However, there has been a marked disruption of the Hong Kong economy which combined with the impact of COVID-19 on our operations is reflected in reduced revenue and increased expenses in our

Our infrastructure business in last quarter of Fiscal 2020. The total revenue from our Infrastructure Business is less than 1% of the global revenue of the rental, construction, and infrastructure commodities markets.

Life Sciences segments

We currently have one customer and one subcontractor/supplier of infrastructure materials. Our brands are designedability to address different demographicsgrow is limited by the disruption to the Hong Kong economy and segmentsthe impact of COVID-19. If and when the economy recovers, there is a potential opportunity for growth given the total size of the market. For example, Sunday Seltzer™ addresses the infused seltzer market. Herbo™ addresses the spa and wellness market. Holief™ addresses the pain market. Hyalolex™ began as a single product brand and now has several products that address specific conditions and diseases and in Fiscal 2020, the original Hyalolex™ formulation, now known as Hyalolex™ Drops of Clarity™, was available through licensed dispensaries in Puerto Rico.

 

Business Seasonality

The Company filed an INDA with the FDA for a double-blind, placebo-controlled, 100-person trial, for its proprietary patent pending formulation based on IGC-AD1 that uses ultra-low doses of THC with other natural compounds intended to assist in the management of the care of patients suffering from Alzheimer’s disease.

In Fiscal 2020, we have one supplier of raw materials and no customers, which accounts for over 10% of sales and cost of sales. In Fiscal 2020, our suppliers are companies based in the U.S. and Hong Kong. Since the legal hemp industry in the U.S. is new, we neither have a major supplier nor dependence on a major customer. The COVID-19 pandemic has and might continue to affect our operations and that could be reflected in reduced revenue and increased costs in our Life Sciences segment. Revenue from our Life Sciences is less than 1% based on revenue of global markets. 

Overall U.S. sales of cannabis and hemp-derived CBD products are expected to increase from $1.9 billion in 2018 to $20 billion by 2024, a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 49%. When combined with THC products, the CBD market is expected to create a total market of $45 billion for cannabinoids by 20242. The global CBD skin care market size was valued at $234.1 million in 2018 and is expected to expand at a CAGR of 32.9% from 2019 to 20253. Overall revenue in the Skin Careinfrastructure segment amounts to about $18 billion in the U.S. in 20204. The market is expected to grow annually by 3.5% (CAGR 2020-2023). The market is primarily driven by growing awareness with respect to the benefits of CBD infused personal care products. The U.S. Cannabis infused drink market is also expected to reach $1.4 billion by 2024.5

Further, it is estimated that 535,000 acres of land was licensed for hemp production in the U.S. in 2019, leading to an estimate of between 96 and 120 million pounds of CBD rich hemp biomass suitable for extraction.6

Business Seasonality

The Company has historically experienced seasonality, in the Infrastructure segment based on lowwith limited construction work in constructionavailable during the monsoon season. AsThe hemp business also has seasonality, as most of the hemp harvest in America occurs in the fall, there tends to be pricingfall. Pricing pressure is based on the volume of hemp biomass being harvested.


2 https://bdsa.com/u-s-cbd-market-anticipated-to-reach-20-billion-in-sales-by-2024/

3 https://www.grandviewresearch.com/industry-analysis/cbd-skin-care-market?utm_source=prnewswire.com&utm_medium=referral&utm_campaign=PRN_Aug29_cbdskincare_CMFE_RD2&utm_content=Content

4 https://www.statista.com/outlook/70020000/109/skin-care/united-states

5 https://www.cannabisbusinesstimes.com/article/us-cannabis-drinks-market-2024/

6 U.S. Wholesale Hemp Price Benchmarks

 

10
15

 

Research and DevelopmentCompetition

 

Our success is based on our ability to innovate and bring unique products to market that address specific needs. We spent about $1 million and $1.3 million in Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, respectively. In Fiscal 2020 our R&D included products such as Sunday Seltzer™, FDA trials for Hyalolex™ Drops of Clarity™ and several new products for pain, among others. We expect to spend resources on R&D as we conduct research on the benefits of various cannabinoids.

Competition

Some of the markets for the Company’s products and services are highly competitive, and some are not, as described below:varies by market:

 

1. Life Sciences segment: We are developing affordable medical products including products subject to FDA approval, which can help individuals suffering from debilitating diseases like Alzheimer’s. We face competition from well-funded pharmaceutical companies. With our existing research, patent filings, and experienced team, we have an early-mover advantage in cannabinoid-based products to treat the symptoms of Alzheimer’s. Our wellness and lifestyle products compete with multiple well-established companies, in the food, beverage, and skincare industries. We also face competition from companies with experience in wholesaling hemp crude extract and hemp isolate as well as companies that provide white labeling and tolling services. It is unclear how future FDA guidance and ruling on hemp-based food, beverage, and cosmetic products will impact the market.

2. Infrastructure segment: This business is currently limited toThe infrastructure industry in India and Hong Kong. The infrastructure industryKong is highly competitive, and we believe ourcompetitive. Our differentiation is based primarily on price and local and industry knowledge of construction and commodity requirements for infrastructure projects in the areas in whichregions where we operate.

2. Life Sciences segment: We are focused on developing affordable FDA approved medical products that can help individuals suffering from debilitating disease like Alzheimer’s and chronic pain, among others. We believe our differentiation from our competitors, for example, in the use of phytocannabinoids for the treatment of Alzheimer’s, is based primarily on our data, patent filings, and experienced team, offering us an early-mover advantage. We face competition from well-funded seasoned companies.

 

On the healthcare and wellness side, we face competition from companies that are better established in wholesale products such as hemp crude extract, hemp isolate and services such as white labelling and tolling. On the product side we face competition from companies in the food, beverage, and skin care industries. It is unclear how the FDA guidance and ruling on CBD-infused food products, when it is released, will impact the market.Regulatory

 

Regulatory

Despite the passage of the 2018 Farm Bill, the FDA has not set outestablished guidance or rules on the infusion of CBDhemp-based derivatives into food and beverage products. While this has and continues to createThis creates a complicated framework within whichof local rules and regulations that we navigate, we anticipate that when suchmust navigate. When federal rules are clearly set, out,we expect the demand for CBDhemp-based food and beverages will increase. We also believe competition will increase as major food and beverage manufacturers will enter the market.

 

Core business competencies and advantages

 

Our core competencies include the following: include:

•     a network of doctors, PhDs, and intellectual property legal experts that have a sophisticated understanding of drug discovery, research, FDA filings, intellectual protection, and product formulation;

•     knowledge of various cannabinoid strains, their phytocannabinoid profile, extraction methodology, and impact on various pathways;

•     knowledge of plant and cannabinoid-based combination therapies;

•     knowledge of research and development in the field;

•     patent IGC-501 and IGC-504 for treatment of pain and treatment of cachexia and eating disorders in humans and veterinary animals, respectively; and

•     a team with experience in manufacturing, marketing, and selling cannabinoid products.

 

a network of doctors, scientists with Ph.D. degrees, and intellectual property legal experts with a sophisticated understanding of drug discovery, research, FDA filings, intellectual protection, and product formulation;

knowledge of various cannabinoid strains, their phytocannabinoid profile, extraction methodology, and impact on various pathways;

knowledge of plant and cannabinoid-based combination therapies;

knowledge of research and development in the field;

patents IGC-501, IGC-502, IGC-504, IGC-505, IGC-507, and IGC-514 for treatment of pain, treatment of seizures in humans and veterinary animals, treatment of cachexia and eating disorders in humans and veterinary animals, method and composition for treating seizure disorders, Alzheimer’s Disease and Self Assembly of Naphthalene Diimide Derivatives and Process Thereof, respectively;

facilities and a team with experience in manufacturing, marketing, and selling products. These competencies have enabled us to make progress on our business goals, specifically completing the Phase 1 clinical trial of IGC-AD1, which has the potential to positively impact the lives of millions of patients suffering from the symptoms of Alzheimer’s disease, subject to FDA approval.

 

Licenses, Technology, and Cybersecurity

 

We have intellectual property attorneys that advise, counsel, and represent the Company regarding the filing of patents or provisional patent applications, copyrights applications, and trademark applications; trade secret laws of general applicability; employee confidentiality and invention assignment. Most of our data, including our accounting data, is stored in the cloud, thatwhich helps us mitigate the overall risk of losing data. We have a cybersecurity policy in place and are in the process of implementing tighter cybersecurity measures to safeguard against hackers. The Company holds all rights to the patents that have been filed by us with the USPTO.

 

11
16

 

The table below summarizes the nature of the activity, type of license required and held, and encumbrances in obtaining permits for each location where the companyCompany operated through its subsidiaries in Fiscal 2020:2023:

 

Location

Nature of Activity

Type of License Required

Type of License held

Encumbrances in

Obtaining Permit

U.S.

Life Sciences productsProducts and General Management

General business.business

License to grow and transport hemp.hemp;

Industrial Alcohol User

Permit;

Clinical Trials;

Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP) certification.

General business licenses; License to grow hemp;

Industrial Alcohol User Permit

Permit; Clinical Trials

General business licenses. License to grow and transport hemp.

Industrial Alcohol User Permit

Clinical TrialsGMP Certificate.

None.

India

Infrastructure Contract, Rental of heavy equipment and land

General business license

Business registrations with tax authorities in various states in India

None.

Hong KongColombia

PurchaseLife Sciences Products and Resale of physical commoditiesGeneral Management

General business licenselicense;

Instituto Nacional de Vigilancia de Medicamentos y Alimentos (INVIMA) Permits;

Fondo Nacional De Estupefacientes (FNE) Permits.

General business licenselicense;

Instituto Nacional de Vigilancia de Medicamentos y Alimentos (INVIMA) Permits;

Fondo Nacional De Estupefacientes (FNE) Permits.

None.

 

Governmental Regulations

 

In the U.S., we are subject to oversight and regulations, for some or all of our activities, by the following agencies: SEC, state regulators, NYSE, FTC, and the FDA. The cannabis plant consists of several strains or varieties. Hemp and Marijuana are both cannabis plants. Under the 2018 Farm Bill, Hemp is classified as a cannabis plant that has 0.3% or less THC below 0.3% by dry weight. Marijuana is classified as a cannabis plant that has THC above 0.3% by dry weight.

 

Marijuana remains illegal under federal law, including in those states in which the use of marijuana has been legalized for medical and or recreational use. On the other hand, on December 12, 2018, the Senate and the House approved the 2018 Farm Bill, that the President signed into law. Itwhich was effective January 1, 2019, contains provisions that make industrial hemp legal. Although effective January 1, 2019, hemp is legal at the federal level, most states have created licensing and testing processes for the growing, processing, and sale of hemp and hemp-derived products.

 

For our business, we must apply for licenses in states where we desire to grow and process hemp. For example, in the state of Arizona, where we growgrew hemp, we arewere required to apply for licenses and register with the state the geo-location of all our operations, including the land on which hemp iswas grown and the facilitatesfacilities where hemp willwould be processed. These regulations are evolving, differ from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and are subject to change.

 

FDA Approval Process

 

In the U.S., pharmaceutical products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA. The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDC Act, and other federal and state statutes and regulations, govern the research, development, testing, manufacturing, storage, recordkeeping, approval, labeling, promotion and marketing, distribution, post-approval monitoring, and reporting, sampling, and importing and exporting of pharmaceutical products, among other things. Failure to comply with applicable U.S. requirements may subject a company to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as the imposition of clinical holds, FDA refusal to approve pending New Drug Applications (“NDA”)(NDA), warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement, civil penalties, and criminal prosecution.

 

Pharmaceutical product development in the U.S. typically involves pre-clinical laboratory and animal tests and the submission to the FDA of an Investigational New Drug (“IND”)(IND), which must become effective before clinical testing may commence. For commercial approval, the sponsor must submit adequate tests by all methods reasonably applicable to show that the drug is safe for use under the conditions prescribed, recommended, or suggested in the proposed labeling. The sponsor must also submit substantial evidence, generally consisting of adequate, well-controlled clinical trials to establish that the drug will have the effect it purports or is represented to have under the conditions of use prescribed, recommended, or suggested in the proposed labeling. In certain cases, the FDA may determine that a drug is effective based on one clinical study plus confirmatory evidence. Satisfaction of FDA premarket approval requirements typically takes many years and the actual time required may vary substantially based upon the type, complexity of the product, or disease.

 

12
17

 

Pre-clinical tests include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, and formulation, and toxicity, as well as animal trials to assess the characteristics and potential safety and efficacy of the product. The conduct of the pre-clinical tests must comply with federal regulations and requirements, including the FDA’s good laboratory practices regulations and the U.S. Department of Agriculture’s (“USDA’s”)(USDA’s) regulations implementing the Animal Welfare Act. The results of pre-clinical testing are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND along with other information, including information about product chemistry, manufacturing and controls, and a proposed clinical trial protocol. Long-term pre-clinical tests, such as animal tests of reproductive toxicity and carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted.

 

A 30-day waiting period after the submission of each IND is required prior to the commencement of clinical testing in humans. If the FDA has not imposed a clinical hold on the IND or otherwise commented or questioned the IND within this 30-day period, the clinical trial proposed in the IND may begin.

 

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational new drug to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of a qualified investigator. Clinical trials must be conducted: (i) in compliance with federal regulations,regulations; (ii) in compliance with Good Clinical Practice (“GCP”)(GCP), an international standard meant to protect the rights and health of patients and to define the roles of clinical trial sponsors, administrators, and monitors,monitors; and (iii) under protocols detailing the objectives of the trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Each protocol involving testing on U.S. patients and subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND.

 

The FDA may order the temporary, or permanent, discontinuation of a clinical trial at any time or impose other sanctions if it believes that the clinical trial either is not being conducted in accordance with FDA requirements or presents an unacceptable risk to the clinical trial patients. The trial protocol and informed consent information for patients in clinical trials must also be submitted to an institutional review board, or IRB, for approval. An IRB may also require the clinical trial at the site to be halted, either temporarily or permanently, for failure to comply with the IRB’s requirements or may impose other conditions.

 

Clinical trials to support NDAs for marketing approval are typically conducted in three sequential phases, but the phases may overlap. In general, in Phase 1, the initial introduction of the drug into healthy human subjects or patients, the drug is tested to assess metabolism, pharmacokinetics, pharmacological actions, side effects associated with increasing doses and, if possible, early evidence on effectiveness. Phase 2 usually involves trials in a limited patient population to determine the effectiveness of the drug for a particular indication, dosage tolerance and optimum dosage, and to identify common adverse effects and safety risks. If a compound demonstrates evidence of effectiveness and an acceptable safety profile in Phase 2 evaluations, Phase 3 trials are undertaken to obtain the additional information about clinical efficacy and safety in a larger number of patients, typically at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, to permit the FDA to evaluate the overall benefit-risk relationship of the drug and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the drug. In most cases, the FDA requires two adequate and well-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials to demonstrate the efficacy of the drug. The FDA may, however, determine that a drug is effective based on one clinical study plus confirmatory evidence. Only a small percentage of investigational drugs complete all three phases and obtain marketing approval. In some cases, the FDA may require post-market studies, known as Phase 4 studies, to be conducted as a condition of approval in order to gather additional information on the drug’s effect in various populations and any side effects associated with long-term use. Depending on the risks posed by the drugs, other post-market requirements may be imposed.

After completion of the required clinical testing, an NDA is prepared and submitted to the FDA. The FDA approval of the NDA is required before marketing of the product may begin in the U.S. The NDA must include the results of all pre-clinical, clinical, and other testing and a compilation of data relating to the product’s pharmacology, chemistry, manufacture, and controls.

The cost of preparing and submitting an NDA is substantial. Under federal law, the submission of most NDAs is additionally subject to a substantial application user fee, for Fiscal 2020 $2,942,965, and the manufacturer and/or sponsor under an approved NDA are also subject to annual program fees, for Fiscal 2020 $325,424.

 

The FDA has 60 days from its receipt of an NDA to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing based on the agency’s threshold determination that it is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review. Under the statute and implementing regulations, the FDA has 180 days (the initial review cycle) from the date of filing to issue either an approval letter or a complete response letter, unless the review period is adjusted by mutual agreement between the FDA and the applicant or as a result of the applicant submitting a major amendment. In practice, the performance goals established pursuant to the Prescription Drug User Fee Act have effectively extended the initial review cycle beyond 180 days. The FDA’s current performance goals call for the FDA to complete review of 90 percent of standard (non-priority) NDAs within 10 months of receipt and within six months for priority NDAs, but two additional months are added to standard and priority NDAs for a new molecular entity (“NME”)(NME).

 

13
18

 

The FDA may also refer applications for novel drug products, or drug products that present difficult questions of safety or efficacy, to an advisory committee, which is typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation, and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved. The FDA is not bound by the recommendation of an advisory committee, but it generally follows such recommendations. Before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP. Additionally, the FDA will inspect the facility or the facilities at which the drug is manufactured. The FDA will not approve the product unless compliance with the current GMP is satisfactory, and the NDA contains data that provideprovides substantial evidence that the drug is safe and effective in the indication studied.

 

After the FDA evaluates the NDA and the manufacturing facilities, it issues either an approval letter or a complete response letter. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing, or information, for the FDA to reconsider the application. If, or when, those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. The FDA has committed to reviewing 90 percent of resubmissions within two to six months depending on the type of information included.

 

An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications. As a condition of NDA approval, the FDA may require a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy or REMS,(REMS) to help ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh the potential risks. REMS can include medication guides, communication plans for health care professionals, and elements to assure safe use or ETASU.(ETASU). ETASU can include, but areis not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring, and the use of patient registries. The requirement for a REMS can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the drug. Moreover, product approval may require substantial post-approval testing and surveillance to monitor the drug’s safety or efficacy. Once granted, product approvals may be withdrawn if compliance with regulatory standards is not maintained, or problems are identified following initial marketing.

 

Disclosure of Clinical Trial Information

 

Sponsors of clinical trials of certain FDA-regulated products, including prescription drugs, are required to register and disclose certain clinical trial information on a public website maintained by the U.S. National Institutes of Health. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of the investigation, study sites, and investigator and other aspects of the clinical trial is made public as part of the registration. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed for up to two years if the sponsor certifies that it is seeking approval of an unapproved product or that it will file an application for approval of a new indication for an approved product within one year. Competitors may use this publicly available information to gain knowledge regarding the design and progress of our development programs.

 

The Hatch-Waxman Act

Orange Book Listing

 

In seeking approval for a drug through an NDA, applicants are required to list with the FDA each patent the claims of which cover the applicant’s product. Upon approval of a drug, each of the patents listed in the application for the drug is then published in the FDA’s Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, commonly known as the Orange Book. Drugs listed in the Orange Book can, in turn, be cited by potential generic competitors in support of approval of an abbreviated new drug application or ANDA.(ANDA). An ANDA provides for the marketing of a drug product that has the same active ingredients in the same strengths and dosage form as the listed drug and has been shown through bioequivalence testing to be bioequivalent to the listed drug. Other than the requirement for bioequivalence testing, ANDA applicants are not required to conduct or submit results of pre-clinical or clinical tests to prove the safety or effectiveness of their drug product. Drugs approved in this way are considered to be therapeutically equivalent to the listed drug, are commonly referred to as “generic equivalents” to the listed drug and can often be substituted by pharmacists under prescriptions written for the original listed drug in accordance with state law.

 

The ANDA applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the FDA’s Orange Book. Specifically, the applicant must certify that: (i) the required patent information has not been filed; (ii) the listed patent has expired; (iii) the listed patent has not expired but will expire on a particular date, and approval is sought after patent expiration; or (iv) the listed patent is invalid or will not be infringed by the new product. The ANDA applicant may also elect to submit a section viii statement, certifying that its proposed ANDA labeling does not contain (or carves out) any language regarding the patented method-of-use, rather than certify to a listed method-of-use patent. If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents, the ANDA application will not be approved until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired.

 

14
19

 

A certification that the new product will not infringe the already approved product’s listed patents, or that such patents are invalid, is called a Paragraph IV certification. If the ANDA applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must also send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the ANDA has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the Paragraph IV certification. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days of the receipt of a Paragraph IV certification automatically prevents the FDA from approving the ANDA until the earlier of 30 months, expiration of the patent, settlement of the lawsuit, or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the ANDA applicant. The ANDA application also will not be approved until any applicable non-patent exclusivity listed in the Orange Book for the referenced product has expired.

 

Exclusivity

Upon NDA approval of a new chemical entity or NCE, which is a drug that contains no active moietycomponent that has been approved by the FDA in any other NDA, that drug receives five years of marketing exclusivity during which time the FDA cannot receive any ANDA or 505(b)(2) application seeking approval of a drug that references a version of the NCE drug. Certain changes to a drug, such as the addition of a new indication to the package insert, are associated with a three-year period of exclusivity during which the FDA cannot approve an ANDA or 505(b)(2) application that includes the change.

 

An ANDA or 505(b)(2) application may be submitted one year before NCE exclusivity expires if a Paragraph IV certification is filed. If there is no listed patent in the Orange Book, there may not be a Paragraph IV certification and thus no ANDA or 505(b)(2) application may be filed before the expiration of the exclusivity period.

 

For a botanical drug, the FDA may determine that the active moiety is one or more of the principal components or the complex mixture as a whole. This determination would affect the utility of any five-year exclusivity as well as the ability of any potential generic competitor to demonstrate that it is the same drug as the original botanical drug.

 

Five-year and three-year exclusivities do not preclude FDA approval of a 505(b)(1) application for a duplicate version of the drug during the period of exclusivity, provided that the 505(b)(1) applicant conducts or obtains a right of reference to all of the preclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.

 

Patent Term Extension

 

After NDA approval, owners of relevant drug patents may apply for up to a five-year patent extension. The allowable patent term extension is calculated as half of the drug’s testing phase — the time between IND submission and NDA submission — and all of the review phase — the time between NDA submission and approval up to a maximum of five years. The time can be shortened if the FDA determines that the applicant did not pursue approval with due diligence. The total patent term after the extension may not

exceed 14 years.

 

For patents that might expire during the application phase, the patent owner may request an interim patent extension. An interim patent extension increases the patent term by one year and may be renewed up to four times. For each interim patent extension granted, the post-approval patent extension is reduced by one year. The director of the PTO must determine that approval of the drug covered by the patent for which a patent extension is being sought is likely. Interim patent extensions are not available for a drug for which an NDA has not been submitted.

 

Orphan Drugs

 

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan drug designation to drugs intended to treat a rare disease or condition generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the U.S. (or affects more than 200,000 in the U.S. and for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making available in the U.S. a drug for such disease or condition will be recovered from sales in the U.S. of such drug). Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an NDA. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the generic identity of the drug and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process. The first NDA applicant to receive FDA approval for a particular active ingredient to treat a particular disease with FDA orphan drug designation is entitled to a seven-year exclusive marketing period in the U.S. for that product, for that indication. During the seven-year exclusivity period, the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug for the same disease, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan drug exclusivity. If the FDA designates an orphan drug based on a finding of clinical superiority, the FDA must provide a written notification to the sponsor that states the basis for orphan designation, including “any plausible hypothesis” relied upon by the FDA. The FDA must also publish a summary of its clinical superiority findings upon granting orphan drug exclusivity based on clinical superiority. Orphan drug exclusivity does not prevent the FDA from approving a different drug for the same disease or condition, or the same drug for a different disease or condition. Among the other benefits of orphan drug designation are tax credits for certain research and a waiver of the NDA application user fee.

 

15
20

 

Special Protocol Assessment

 

A company may reach an agreement with the FDA under the Special Protocol Assessment or SPA,(SPA), process as to the required design and size of clinical trials intended to form the primary basis of an efficacy claim. According to its performance goals, the FDA is supposed to evaluate the protocol within 45 days of the request to assess whether the proposed trial is adequate, and that evaluation may result in discussions and a request for additional information. A SPA request must be made before the proposed trial begins, and all open issues must be resolved before the trial begins. If a written agreement is reached, it will be documented and made part of the administrative record. Under the FDC Act and FDA guidance implementing the statutory requirement, an SPA is generally binding upon the FDA except in limited circumstances, such as if the FDA identifies a substantial scientific issue essential to determining safety or efficacy after the study begins, public health concerns emerge that were unrecognized at the time of the protocol assessment, the sponsor and the FDA agree to the change in writing, or if the study sponsor fails to follow the protocol that was agreed upon with the FDA.

 

EmployeesU.S. Coverage and ConsultantsReimbursement

 

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of our lead product candidates, such as IGC-AD1 or any other for which we may seek regulatory approval. Sales in the U.S. will depend in part on the availability of adequate financial coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, which include government health programs such as Medicare, Medicaid, TRICARE, and the Veterans Administration, as well as managed care organizations and private health insurers. Prices at which we or our customers seek reimbursement for our product candidates can be subject to challenge, reduction, or denial by payors.

The process for determining whether a payor will provide coverage for a product is typically separate from the process for setting the reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the product. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific products on an approved list or formulary, which might not include all the FDA-approved products for a particular indication. Also, third-party payors may refuse to include a branded drug on their formularies or otherwise restrict patient access to a branded drug when a less costly generic equivalent or another alternative is available. Medicare Part D, Medicare’s outpatient prescription drug benefit, contains protections to ensure coverage and reimbursement for oral oncology products, and all Part D prescription drug plans are required to cover substantially all oral anti-cancer agents. However, a payor’s decision to provide coverage for a product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be available. Private payors often rely on the lead of the governmental payors in rendering coverage and reimbursement determinations. Sales of products such as IGC-AD1 or any other product candidates will therefore depend substantially on the extent to which the costs of our products will be paid by third-party payors. Achieving favorable coverage and reimbursement from the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) and/or the Medicare Administrative Contractors is typically a significant gating issue for successful introduction of a new product.

Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the price and examining the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of medical products and services, in addition to their safety and efficacy. In order to obtain coverage and reimbursement for any product that might be approved for marketing, we may need to conduct studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of any products, which would be in addition to the costs expended to obtain regulatory approvals. Third-party payors may not consider our product candidates to be medically necessary or cost-effective compared to other available therapies, or the rebate percentages required to secure favorable coverage may not yield an adequate margin over cost or may not enable us to maintain price levels sufficient to realize an appropriate return on our investment in drug development.

Human Capital Management and Environment, Health, and Safety

Workplace Safety & Employee Care During COVID-19. Workplace safety is always a top priority for the Company. To create and sustain a safe and healthy workplace, we have implemented initiatives designed to address risk evaluation, education and training of employees, use of appropriate personal protective equipment, and compliance with relevant health and safety standards.

Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) Efforts. During Fiscal 2023, we distributed $194 thousand worth of hand sanitizers and other wellness products in an effort to expand the Company’s ESG programs.

Employees.As of March 31, 2020,2023, we employed a team of approximately 5061 full-time employees in our two segments. We also have contract workers and advisors in the U.S., India, Colombia, and Hong Kong.

 

Available Information

 

The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to reports filed pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Exchange Act are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”)SEC). The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and files or furnishes reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. Such reports and other information filed by the Company with the SEC are available free of charge on the Company’s website at www.igcinc.us when such reports are available on the SEC’s website. The public may read and copy any materials filed by the Company with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. The contents of these websites are not incorporated into this filing. Further, the Company’s references to the URLs for these websites are intended to be inactive textual references only.

 

IGC maintains several Internet addresses including www.igcinc.us, www.holihemp.com, www.hyalolex.com and www.herbo.com, among others. These, including our Twitter @IGCIR and other social media contain information about IGC and our products on these websites from time to time, as we plan to provide updates on the company, announcements regarding relevant research findings and patent approval, and other important information as we grow and expand. Website and social media references in this report are provided as a convenience and do not constitute, and should not be viewed as, incorporation by reference

21

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

You should carefully consider the following risk factors, together with all other information included in this report, in evaluating the CompanyCompany and our common stock. If any of the following risks and uncertainties developsdevelop into actual events, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. In that case, the trading price of our common stock and other securities also could be adversely affected. We make various statements in this section, which constitute “forward-lookingforward-looking statements. See “Forward-LookingForward-Looking Statements.

 

Risks Related to Our Business, Industry, and Expansion StrategyOperations:

Our cannabinoid strategy makes it difficult to find, retain, and attract management.

 

The environment in whichWe have incurred significant losses and have an accumulated deficit. If we workcannot achieve profitability, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly.

As of March 31, 2023, we had cash and cash equivalents of $3.2 million and working capital of $4.6 million compared to cash and cash equivalents of $10.5 million and working capital of $12.7 million as of March 31, 2022, for continuing operations.

We have had a history of operating losses. For Fiscal 2023 and Fiscal 2022, we had a net loss of approximately $11.5 million and $15 million, respectively. Our revenue increased from Fiscal 2022 to Fiscal 2023. Our short-term focus is heavily regulated, and while we have experience in regulated industries, it is also heavily scrutinized. This regulatory scrutiny takes a toll on management and makes it very difficult to attract and retain talent. Management spends a great deal of time and money explaining and justifying actions, strategy, and business plans to regulators. A myriad of complex factors including regulations regarding money laundering, inter-state commerce, DOJ, FDA, NYSE, SEC, FTC, and state laws, among others, affect every decision. Navigating this complex set of regulatory landmines and staying focused on generating shareholder value is an arduous task andgain market share for our Life Sciences segment. Accordingly, there can be no assuranceguarantee that our efforts will be successful. If our revenues do not grow or if our operating expenses continue to increase, we may not be able to become profitable, and the market price of our common stock could decline. If we continue to have losses, we will be successful in steering clear of all the potential issues,required to seek additional financing. No assurance can be given that we can raise any of whichsuch financing, and such financing could adversely impact the stock price or leadbe dilutive to delisting from the NYSE American.our shareholders.

 

16

Our cannabinoid strategy makes it difficult to raise money as a public company.

 

Marijuana and hemp plants are both the same species, the dioecious plant Cannabis sativa L. Most countries differentiate hemp from marijuana by the amount of THC. Under the 2018 Farm Bill, hemp is classified as a cannabis plant that has 0.3% or less THC by dry weight. Marijuana is classified as a cannabis plant that has THC above 0.3% by dry weight. Both marijuana and hemp produce other cannabinoids, such as CBD.

CBD, mentioned in the context of products, refers to hemp extracts naturally rich in cannabinoids like CBD, but with 0.3% or less THC by dry weight. Despite having no direct involvement in selling THC,marijuana, the Company is often incorrectly classified as a “cannabis company” or a “marijuana company”,company,” with all the nuances that accompany that label, including being blacklisted by banks, investmentsinvestment banks, and until recently by the largest stock clearing services company. Due to theThe near-monopoly nature of some of these institutions, such asespecially clearing houses, it makes it very difficult for the Company to raise money, deposit share certificates, or even have investment banking relationships. As we cannot control how others perceive us, there can be no assurance that we will be able to raise enough capital for our planned expansion.

 

The Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) interim final rule related to statutory amendments to the Controlled Substances Act made by the Agriculture Improvement Act of 2018 (AIA) regarding the scope of regulatory controls over marijuana, tetrahydrocannabinols, and other related constituents may have an adverse impact on our Company.

Effective August 21, 2020, the interim rule to align DEA regulations in response to hemp legalization under the 2018 Farm Bill became effective. In order to meet the AIA’s definition of hemp and thus qualify for the exception in the definition of marijuana, a cannabis-derived product must itself contain 0.3% or less delta-9-Tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) on a dry weight basis. It is not enough that a product is labeled or advertised as “hemp.” Cannabis-derived products that exceed the 0.3% THC limit do not meet the statutory definition of “hemp” and are Schedule I controlled substances, regardless of claims made to the contrary in the labeling or advertising of the products. Further, a cannabis derivative, extract, or product that exceeds the 0.3% THC limit is a Schedule I controlled substance, even if the plant from which it was derived contained 0.3% or less THC on a dry weight basis. While we strive to ensure compliance, further tightening of these definitions may have an adverse impact on our products.

22

The Company depends on the performance of carriers, wholesalers, retailers, and other resellers.

The Company distributes its products through wholesalers, retailers, and resellers, many of whom may distribute products from competing manufacturers. The Company also intends to sell its products and resellsresell third-party products in most of its major markets directly to consumers, small and mid-sized businesses, and other customers through its retail and online stores and its direct sales force. The Company intends to invest in programs to enhance reseller sales, including staffing selected resellers’ stores with Company employees and contractors and improving product placement displays. These programs can require a substantial investment while not assuring return or incremental sales. The financial condition of these resellers could weaken, these resellers could stop distributing the Company’s products, or uncertainty regarding demand for some or all of the Company’s products could cause resellers to reduce their ordering and marketing of the Company’s products.

 

Our revenue decreased and we have a history of operating losses and there can be no assurance that we can again achieve or maintain profitability.

Our revenue declined from Fiscal 2019 to Fiscal 2020. Our short-term focus is to gain market share for our Life Sciences segment. However, we have had a history of operating losses. For Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, we had a net loss of almost $7.3 million and $4.1 million, respectively. Accordingly, there can be no guarantee that our efforts will be successful. If we continue to have losses, we will be required to seek additional financing. No assurance can be given that we can raise any such financing and such financing could be dilutive to our shareholders.

We expect to acquire companies, and we are subject to evolving and often expensive corporate governance regulations and requirements. Our failure to adequately adhere to these requirements, and comply with them with regard to acquired companies, some of which may be non-reporting entities, or the failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures could seriously harm our business and affect our status as a reporting company listed on a national securities exchange.

As a public reporting company whose shares are listed for trading on the NYSE American, we are subject to various regulations. Compliance with these evolving regulations is costly and requires a significant diversion of management time and attention, particularly regarding our disclosure on controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting. As we have made and continue to make acquisitions in foreign countries, our internal controls and procedures may not be able to prevent errors or fraud in the future. We cannot guarantee that we can establish internal controls over financial reporting immediately on companies that we acquire. Thus, faulty judgments, simple errors or mistakes, or the failure of our personnel to enforce controls over acquired companies or to adhere to established controls and procedures, may make it difficult for us to ensure that the objectives of our control systems are met. A failure of our controls and procedures to detect other than inconsequential errors or fraud could seriously harm our ability to continue as a reporting company listed on a national securities exchange.

We may engage in strategic transactions that could impact our liquidity, increase our expenses, and present significant distractions to our management, and which ultimately may not be successful.

 

From time to time, we may consider strategic transactions, such as acquisitions of companies, asset purchases, and out-licensing or in-licensing of products, product candidates, or technologies, particularly those arrangements that seek to leverage other organizations’ internal platforms or competencies for the benefit of our products or potential products. Additional potential transactions that we may consider may include a variety of different business arrangements, including spin-offs, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, restructurings, divestitures, business combinations, and investments. Any such transaction may require us to incur non-recurring or other charges that may increase our near and long-term expenditures and may pose significant integration challenges or disrupt our management or business, which could adversely affect our operations and financial results. For example, these transactions may entail numerous operational and financial risks, including:

 

exposure to unknown or unanticipated liabilities, including foreign laws with which we are unfamiliar;

disruption of our business and diversion of our management’s time and attention to develop acquired products, product candidates, or technologies;

the incurrence of substantial debt or dilutive issuances of equity securities to pay for acquisitions, which we may not be able to obtain on favorable terms, if at all;

higher than expected acquisition and integration costs;

write-downs of assets or goodwill or impairment charges;

increased amortization expenses;

difficulty and cost in combining the operations and personnel of any acquired businesses with our operations and personnel;

entering a long-term relationship with a partner that proves to be unreliable or counterproductive;

impairment of relationships with key suppliers or customers of any acquired businesses due to changes in management and ownership; and

inability to retain key employees of any acquired businesses.

17

 

•      exposure to unknown or unanticipated liabilities, including foreign laws with which we are unfamiliar;

•      disruption of our business and diversion of our management’s time and attention to develop acquired products, product candidates or technologies;

•      incurrence of substantial debt or dilutive issuances of equity securities to pay for acquisitions, which we may not be able to obtain on favorable terms, if at all;

•      higher than expected acquisition and integration costs;

•      write-downs of assets or goodwill or impairment charges;

•      increased amortization expenses;

•      difficulty and cost in combining the operations and personnel of any acquired businesses with our operations and personnel;

•      entering a long-term relationship with a partner that proves to be unreliable or counterproductive;

•      impairment of relationships with key suppliers or customers of any acquired businesses due to changes in management and ownership; and

•      inability to retain key employees of any acquired businesses. Accordingly, although thereThere can be no assurance that we will undertake or successfully complete any transactions of the nature described above, anyabove. Any transactions that we do complete could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects if we are unable to execute on the planned objectives or capitalize on the relationship in the manner that was originally contemplated.

 

We have a limited senior management team size that may hamper our ability to effectively manage a publicly traded company and manage acquisitions and that may harm our business.Global Operations

 

Since weWe operate in several foreign countries, we use consultants, including lawyers and accountants, to help us comply with regulatory requirements and public company compliance on a timely basis. As we expand, we expectglobal scale and could be affected by currency fluctuations, capital, and exchange controls, global economic conditions including inflation, expropriation, and other restrictive government actions, changes in intellectual property legal protections and remedies, trade regulations, tax laws and regulations, and procedures and actions affecting approval, production, pricing, and marketing of, reimbursement for and access to increase the sizeour products, as well as impacts of our senior management. However, we cannot guarantee that in the interim period our senior management can adequately manage the requirements of a public company and the integration of acquisitions, and any failure to do so could leadpolitical or civil unrest or military action, including but not limited to the imposition of fines, penalties, harm our business, status as a reporting company and/current conflict between Russia and Ukraine, terrorist activity, unstable governments, and legal systems, inter-governmental disputes, public health outbreaks, epidemics, pandemics, natural disasters or our listing on the NYSE American.

There is a high rate of failure for drug candidates proceeding through clinical trials.

Generally, there is a high rate of failure for drug candidates proceeding through clinical trials. We may suffer significant setbacks in our clinical trials, similar to the experience of several other companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries. Further, even if we view the results of a clinical trial to be positive, the FDA or other regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of the data. In the event that we obtain negative results from clinical trials for product candidates or other problemsdisruptions related to potential chemistry, manufacturingclimate change.

Some emerging market countries may be particularly vulnerable to periods of financial or political instability or significant currency fluctuations or may have limited resources for healthcare spending. As a result of these and control issues or other hurdles occur andfactors, our product candidates are not approved, westrategy to grow in emerging markets may not be able to generate sufficient revenue or obtain financing to continue our operations, our ability to execute on our current business plansuccessful, and growth rates in these markets may be materially impaired, and/or our reputation in the industry and in the investment community might be significantly damaged. In addition, our inability to properly design, commence and complete clinical trials may negatively impact the timing and results of our clinical trials and ability to seek approvals for our drug candidates.

The farming of hemp is inherently risky, and failed crops can impact our balance sheet and profitability.

As the Farm Bill, legalizing hemp, became effective in 2019, legal hemp farming is relatively new in the U.S. and few farmers have developed the requisite experience to grow, dry, and store hemp. There are many factors that contribute to crop failure including: picking the right seeds that can be germinated in a particular climate and soil condition, appropriate plant nutrition, pest control, and weather and hours of sunshine, among others.

Unlike other plants, growing hemp also involves growing a flower that will test at THC levels that are below legal levels of 0.3% THC by dry weight. Therefore, if plants that are cultivated grow to levels of THC that are higher than the legal limit (“hot” plant), 1% for example, they will fail the state testing protocols and, in many cases, cannot be transported across state borders and will have to be destroyed. In Arizona, where we cultivate hemp, while our plants passed inspection, across the entire hemp farming industry, approximately 40% of the crops failed inspection this past season. In addition, the flowers of a hemp plant, unfortunately, look like those of the marijuana plant and attract thieves that believe it is marijuana and steal them. The plants that are harvested must be dried to a particular moisture level, in order to be stored, or they could develop mold. While many farmers grow plants all over the west coast, the support infrastructure to manage the yield and dry hemp plants did not exist before the onset of winter. Therefore, growing hemp involves forethought and management of the entire chain of growing, drying, testing, transportation, and processing. This past season, no plant insurance was available; however, we anticipate that this will change. While, we have taken many precautions to avert potential problems, we cannot guarantee that all or a portion of our plants will not be hot, stolen,sustainable.

Government financing and economic pressures can lead to negative pricing pressure in various markets where governments take an active role in setting prices, access criteria (e.g., through health technology assessments) or destroyed by extreme weather, among other risks, anymeans of which could adversely impact our balance sheet and profitability.

cost control.

18
23

 

The installationWe continue to monitor the global trade environment and delivery of equipment ordered from China may be delayed substantially as a result of shipping restrictions imposed due to COVID-19potential trade conflicts and mayimpediments that could impact our production and business adversely.

The Company ordered equipment from China for the processing of hemp. Upon delivery of the equipment, the Chinese manufacturer is contracted to travel to the U.S. to help commission and certify the equipment. However, due to the recent outbreak of COVID-19, shipping and travelbusiness. If trade restrictions imposed to contain the epidemic and avoid further transmission have resultedor tariffs reduce global economic activity, potential impacts could include declining sales; increased costs; volatility in delays and may result in substantial delayforeign exchange rates; a decline in the shipping of the equipment. As we cannot predict how long these restrictions will be in place, the delay in shipping equipment, and the delay in Chinese engineers traveling to the U.S., could and likely will adversely impact the productionvalue of our productsfinancial assets and the provisionpension plan investments; required increases of services to other farmers, customers and Company products. This may also result in other market entrants obtaining a first mover advantage and may adversely impact our revenuepension funding obligations; increased government cost control efforts; delays or failures in the Life Sciences segment.

A pandemic, epidemic or outbreakperformance of an infectious disease, such as COVID-19, may materiallycustomers, suppliers and adversely affect our business and operations.

The recent outbreak of COVID-19 has affected most of the world, including the U.S., European and Asian countries. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak a pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic is affecting the United States and global economies and has and may continue to affect our operations and those ofother third parties on whichwhom we rely, including by causing disruptions inmay depend for the supplyperformance of our products candidatesbusiness; and the conduct of current and future clinical trials. As the end of the COVID-19 pandemic remains unknown, the full extent of the impact of COVID-19 on the Company remains unknown as well.

The impact of COVID-19 onrisk that our operations is reflected in reduced revenue and increased expenses in both our Infrastructure and the Life Sciences segments.

In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic may affect the operations of the FDA and other health authorities, which could result in delays of reviews and approvals, including with respect to our product candidates. The evolving COVID-19 pandemic is also likely to directly or indirectly impact the pace of enrolment in our clinical trialallowance for IGC-AD1 for at least the next several months and possibly longer as patients may avoid ordoubtful accounts may not be able to travel to healthcare facilities and physicians' offices unless due to a health emergency. Such facilities and offices may also be required to focus limited resources on non-clinical trial matters, including treatment of COVID-19 patients, and may not be available, in whole or in part, for clinical trial services or our other product candidates. Additionally, while the potential economic impact brought by, and the duration of the COVID-19 pandemic is difficult to assess or predict, the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the global financial markets may reduce our ability to access capital, which could negatively impact our short-term and long-term liquidity. The ultimate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is highly uncertain and subject to change. We do not yet know the full extent of potential delays or impacts on our business, financing, or clinical trial activities or on healthcare systems or the global economy as a whole. However, these effects could have a material impact on our liquidity, capital resources, operations, and business and those of the third parties on which we rely.adequate.

Extreme weather conditions, crop diseases, pests and fluctuations in market demand can create substantial seasonal volatility for our business and results of operations.

A significant portion of the Company’s Life Sciences segment is seasonal and is subject to weather conditions that affect hemp prices and crop yields. Our production is also vulnerable to crop diseases and pest infestations, which may vary in severity, depending on the stage of production at the time of infection or infestation, the type of treatment applied and climatic condition. We consider the possibility of the occurrence of these adverse seasonal weather conditions in making our production plans to mitigate such risks. However, such events may occur at any time of the year, and the occurrence of any of these events may create the volatility for our business and results of operations.

The market prices of hemp crops and agricultural produce are constantly affected by both demand and supply cycle of the hemp industry. As a result, movements of the market prices would have significant impact on IGC’s earnings. Whilst efforts have been made by Management to implement certain strategies that mitigate the cyclical nature of the business, there can be no assurance that IGC will be fully shielded from the negative effects of cyclical movements of the market prices of crops and agricultural produce.

 

19

We are dependent upon regulatory approvals and fixed term licenses for our ability to grow, harvest, process, and transport hemp and other products derived therefrom.

Our current authorization for growing, harvesting, processing and transport of cannabis is valid for a single growing season at a time and notification to AZDA is needed to renew the license for subsequent growing seasons. All licenses are subject to ongoing compliance and reporting requirements and renewal. There can be no assurance that AZDA will renew a license, even if the Company is in full compliance with all obligations related thereto.

There can be no assurance that future scientific research, findings, regulatory proceedings, litigation, media attention or other research findings or publicity will be favorable to the hemp market or any particular product, or consistent with currently held views.

The Management believes that the hemp industry is highly dependent upon consumer perception regarding the safety, efficacy and quality of the hemp produced. Consumer perception can be significantly influenced by scientific research or findings, regulatory proceedings, litigation, media attention and other publicity regarding the consumption of hemp products. Future research reports, findings, regulatory proceedings, litigation, media attention or other publicity that are perceived as less favorable than, or that question, earlier research reports, findings or publicity could have a material adverse effect on the hemp industry and demand for its products and services, which could affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations and cash flows. The Company’s dependence upon consumer perception means that adverse scientific research reports, findings, regulatory proceedings, litigation, media attention or other publicity, whether or not accurate or with merit, could have a material adverse effect on the Company, its business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Further, adverse publicity, reports or other media attention regarding the safety, efficacy and quality of hemp in general, or the Company’s products specifically, or associating the consumption of cannabis with illness or other negative effects or events, could have a material adverse effect. Such adverse publicity or other media attention could arise even if the adverse effects associated with such products resulted from consumers’ failure to consume such products legally, appropriately, or as directed. Unfavorable research reports, newspaper articles, social media, or testimonials can adversely affect our sales and consequently our stock price.

In addition, parties outside of the hemp industry with which the Company does business may perceive that they are exposed to reputational risk because of the Company’s hemp related business activities. For example, the Company could receive a notification from a financial institution advising it that they would no longer maintain banking relationships with those in the hemp industry. The Company may, in the future, have difficulty establishing or maintaining bank accounts or other business relationships that it needs to operate its business. Failure to establish or maintain business relationships could have a material adverse effect.

We may fail to expand our growing and manufacturing capability in time to meet market demand for our products and product candidates, and the FDA may refuse to accept our facilities or those of our contract manufactures as being suitable for the production of our products and product candidates. Any problems in our growing or manufacturing process could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

In addition, before we can begin commercial manufacture of any medicinal product candidates for sale in the U.S., we must obtain FDA regulatory approval for the product, which requires a successful FDA inspection of the manufacturing facilities, which in turn includes the facilities of the processor(s) and quality systems in addition to other product-related approvals.

The Company also established an approximately $2.4 million facility it intends to qualify as a Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP) certified processing facility in the State of Washington for processes such as: a) production of products such as lotions, creams, and oils, among others, to support our products and to support white labeling; b) extraction of hemp into crude oil; and c) distillation of crude oil into hemp extracts. There can be no assurance that the facility will receive the GMP certification.

 

Due to the complexity of the processes used to manufacture our product candidates, we may be unable to initially,initiate or continue to pass federal, state, or international regulatory inspections in a cost-effective manner. If we are unable to comply with manufacturing regulations, we may be subject to fines, unanticipated compliance expenses, recall or seizure of any approved products, total or partial suspension of production, and/or enforcement actions, including injunctions and criminal or civil prosecution. These possible sanctions would adversely affect our business, the results of operations, and financial condition.

 

20

Legal claims could be filed that may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition. We may, in the future face risks of litigation and liability claims, the extent of such exposure can be difficult or impossible to estimate and which can negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our operations are subject to numerous laws and regulations ofin the U.S., India, Colombia, and Hong Kong relating to the protection of the public and necessary disclosures regarding financial services. Liability under these laws involves inherent uncertainties. Violations of financial regulation laws are subject to civil, and, in some cases, criminal sanctions. We may not have been, or may not be, or may be alleged to have not been or to not be, at all times, in complete compliance with all requirements, and we may incur costs or liabilities in connection with such requirements or allegations. We may also incur unexpected interruptions to our operations, administrative injunctions requiring operation stoppages, fines judgments, settlements, or other financial obligations or penalties, which could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations. As of March 31, 2020, the Company and several of its officers and directors are parties to four (4) shareholder lawsuits. See Item 3, Legal Proceedings of this report for further information.information on the current status of legal proceedings, if any. There can also be no assurance that any insurance coverage we takehave will be adequate or that we will prevail in any future cases. We can provide no assurance that we will be able to obtain liability insurance that would protect us from any such lawsuits. In the event that we are not covered by insurance, our management could expendspend significant time and resources addressing any such issues. And the legal fees necessary to defend against multiple lawsuits can be significant, impacting the Company’s overall bottom line when not covered by insurance or where the fees exceed the Company’s insurance policy limits.

 

Continued listing on the NYSE is an operating risk for the Company.

Given the current regulatory environment for hemp-based products and increased scrutiny of the industry related thereto, there remains risk with respect to the Company’s ability to maintain its listing with the NYSE American. This risk may limit the Company’s ability to pursue other business opportunities and a delisting by the NYSE American could impact the liquidity of the Company’s common stock.

Our expansion is dependent on laws and regulations pertaining to hemp and cannabinoids.

We expect to acquire companies and hire management in the areas that we have identified. These include, among others, biopharmaceuticals, with a focus on capitalizing on specific niches within these areas such as cannabinoid-based therapies. Entry into any of these areas requires special knowledge of the industry and products. In the event that we are perceived to be entering the legal marijuana sector, even indirectly or remotely, we could be subject to increased scrutiny by regulators because, among other things, marijuana is a Schedule-1 controlled substance and is illegal under federal law. Our failure to adequately manage the risk associated with these businesses and adequately manage the requirements of the regulators can adversely affect our business, our status as a reporting company and our listing on the NYSE American. Further, any adverse pronouncements from regulators about businesses related to the legal cannabis industry, or the hemp industry could adversely affect our stock price.

Our CompanyCompany is in a very new and highly regulated industry. Significant and unforeseen changes in policy may have material impacts on our business.

Continued development in the phytocannabinoids industry is dependent upon continued state legislative authorization of cannabinoids as well as legislation and regulatory policy at the federal level. The federal Controlled Substances Act currently makes cannabinoids use and possession illegal on a national level. While there may be ample public support for legislative authorization, numerous factors impact the legislative process. Any one of these factors could slow or halt the use and handling of cannabinoids in the U.S. or in other jurisdictions, which would negatively impact our development of phytocannabinoid-basedphytocannabinoids-based therapies and our ability to test and productize these therapies.

 

24

Many U.S. state laws conflict with the federal Controlled Substances Act. While we do not and we do not intend, to distribute or sell marijuana in the U.S., it is unclear whether regulatory authorities in the U.S. would object to the registration or public offering of securities in the U.S. by our Company, to the status of our Company as a reporting company, or even to investors investing in our Company, if we engage in legal cannabinoids cultivation and supply pursuant to the laws and authorization of the jurisdiction where the activity takes place. In addition, the status of cannabinoids under the Controlled Substances Act may have an adverse effect on federal agency approval of pharmaceutical use of phytocannabinoid products. Any such objection or interference could delay indefinitely or increase substantially the costs to access the equity capital markets, test our therapies, or create products from the Life Sciences segment.

 

Our Company is inexperienced in conducting pre-clinical and clinical trials.

Our Company is inexperienced in conducting pre-clinical and clinical trials. Our attempt at demonstrating safety, efficacy, and ultimate useability may fail because of our lack of experience in designing, managing, and conducting clinical trials resulting in unanticipated or adverse outcomes. Such outcomes may have an adverse effect on our stock price.

Clinical trials are expensive, time-consuming, and difficult to design and implement, and involve an uncertain outcome.

Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Failure can occur at any time during the clinical trial process. Because the results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials are not necessarily predictive of future results, IGC-AD1 and our other compounds may not have favorable results in later preclinical and clinical studies or receive regulatory approval. We may experience delays in initiating and completing any clinical trials that we intend to conduct, and we do not know whether planned clinical trials will begin on time, need to be redesigned, enroll patients on time or be completed on schedule, or at all. Clinical trials can be delayed or terminated for a variety of reasons, including but not limited to:

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities disagreeing as to the design or implementation of our clinical studies;

obtaining regulatory approval to commence a trial;

reaching an agreement on acceptable terms with prospective contract research organizations (CROs), and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

obtaining Institutional Review Board (IRB) approval at each site, or Independent Ethics Committee (IEC) approval at sites outside the United States;

recruiting suitable patients to participate in a trial in a timely manner and in sufficient numbers;

having patients complete a trial or return for post-treatment follow-up;

imposition of a clinical hold by regulatory authorities, including as a result of unforeseen safety issues or side effects or failure of trial sites to adhere to regulatory requirements or follow trial protocols;

clinical sites deviating from trial protocol or dropping out of a trial;

addressing patient safety concerns that arise during the course of a trial;

adding a sufficient number of clinical trial sites; or

manufacturing sufficient quantities of the product candidate for use in clinical trials.

We could also encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, the IRBs or IECs of the institutions in which such trials are being conducted, the Data Safety Monitoring Board (DSMB), for such trial or the FDA or other regulatory authorities. Such authorities may impose such a suspension or termination due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a drug, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. Furthermore, we rely on CROs and clinical trial sites to ensure the proper and timely conduct of our clinical trials and, while we have agreements governing their committed activities, we have limited influence over their actual performance.

21
25

 

Our business is dependent on continuing relationships with clientsThe regulatory approval processes of the FDA and strategic partners.

Our business requires developingcomparable foreign authorities are lengthy, time-consuming, and maintaining strategic alliances with contractors that undertake turnkey contracts for infrastructure development projectsinherently unpredictable, and with government organizations. The business and our results could be adversely affected if we are ultimately unable to maintain continuing relationshipsobtain regulatory approval for IGC-AD1 or any other product candidates, our business will be substantially harmed.

The time required to obtain approval by the FDA and pre-qualified statuscomparable foreign authorities is unpredictable but typically takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials and depends upon numerous factors, including the substantial discretion of the regulatory authorities. In addition, approval policies, regulations, or the type and amount of clinical data necessary to gain approval may change during the course of a product candidate’s clinical development and may vary among jurisdictions. We have not obtained regulatory approval for any product candidate, and it is possible that we will never obtain regulatory approval for IGC-AD1 or any other product candidate. We are not permitted to market any of our pharmaceutical product candidates in the United States until we receive regulatory approval of an NDA from the FDA. The regulatory approval process can be affected by, among other things, the following:

we may be unable to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities that a product candidate is safe and effective for its proposed indication;

serious and unexpected drug-related side effects experienced by participants in our clinical trials or by individuals using drugs similar to our product candidates, or other products containing the active ingredient in our product candidates;

negative or ambiguous results from our clinical trials or results that may not meet the level of statistical significance required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities for approval;

we may be unable to demonstrate that a product candidate’s clinical and other benefits outweigh its safety risks;

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials;

the data collected from clinical trials of our product candidates may not be acceptable or sufficient to support the submission of an NDA or other submission or to obtain regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere, and/or we may be required to conduct additional clinical trials;

the FDA or comparable foreign authorities may disagree regarding the formulation, labeling, and/or the specifications of our product candidates;

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may fail to approve or find deficiencies with the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we contract for clinical and commercial supplies; and

the approval policies or regulations of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval.

Prior to obtaining approval to commercialize a product candidate in the United States or abroad, we must demonstrate with key clientssubstantial evidence from well-controlled clinical trials and strategic partners.to the satisfaction of the FDA or foreign regulatory agencies that such product candidates are safe and effective for their intended uses. Results from preclinical studies and clinical trials can be interpreted in different ways. Even if the preclinical or clinical data for our product candidates are promising, such data may not be sufficient to support approval by the FDA and other regulatory authorities. For diseases like Alzheimer’s, the FDA has stated that one single Phase 3 trial is adequate for approval if it demonstrates robust and unquestionable efficacy. However, the circumstances under which a single adequate and controlled study can be used as the sole basis for demonstrating the efficacy of a drug are exceptional.

 

The FDA or any foreign regulatory bodies can delay, limit, or deny approval of our product candidates or require us to conduct additional preclinical or clinical testing or abandon a program for many reasons, including:

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with the design or implementation of our clinical trials;

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our safety interpretation of our drug;

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our efficacy interpretation of our drug;

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may regard our Chemistry Manufacturing and Controls package as inadequate.

Of the large number of drugs in development, only a small percentage successfully complete the regulatory approval processes and are commercialized. This lengthy approval process, as well as the unpredictability of future clinical trial results, may result in us failing to obtain regulatory approval to market IGC-AD1 or another product candidate, which would significantly harm our business, results of operations, and prospects.

In addition, the FDA or the applicable foreign regulatory agency also may approve a product candidate for a more limited indication or patient population than we originally requested, and the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory agency may approve a product candidate with a label that does not include the labeling claims necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of that product candidate. Any of the foregoing scenarios could materially harm the commercial prospects for our product candidates.

26

We have concentrated our research and development efforts on the treatment of Alzheimers Disease, which has seen limited success in drug development. Further, IGC-AD1 is based on a new approach to treating symptoms of Alzheimers Disease, which makes it difficult to predict the time and cost of development and subsequent obtaining of regulatory approval.

Efforts by biopharmaceutical and pharmaceutical companies in treating Alzheimer’s Disease have seen limited success in drug development, and there is no FDA-approved disease modifying therapeutic options available for patients with Alzheimer’s Disease. We cannot be certain that our approach will lead to the development of approvable or marketable products. The only drugs approved by the FDA to treat Alzheimer’s Disease to date address the disease’s symptoms. Alzheimer’s Disease drug candidates have the highest failure rate of approximately 99.6%. As a result, the FDA has a limited set of products to rely on in evaluating IGC-AD1. This could result in a longer than expected regulatory review process, increased expected development costs, or the delay or prevention of commercialization of IGC-AD1 for the treatment of Alzheimer’s Disease.

Enrollment and retention of patients in clinical trials is an expensive and time-consuming process and could be made more difficult or rendered impossible by multiple factors outside our control.

The timely completion of clinical trials in accordance with their protocols depends, among other things, on our ability to enroll a sufficient number of patients who remain in the study until its conclusion. We may encounter delays in enrolling, or be unable to enroll, a sufficient number of patients to complete any of our clinical trials, and even once enrolled, we may be unable to retain a sufficient number of patients to complete any of our trials. Patient enrollment and retention in clinical trials depend on many factors, including:

the patient eligibility criteria defined in the protocol;

the size of the patient population required for analysis of the trial’s primary endpoints;

the nature of the trial protocol;

the existing body of safety and efficacy data with respect to the product candidate;

the proximity of patients to clinical sites;

our ability to recruit clinical trial investigators with the appropriate competencies and experience;

clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages of the product candidate being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new drugs that may be approved for the indications we are investigating;

competing clinical trials being conducted by other companies or institutions;

our ability to maintain patient consents; and

the risk that patients enrolled in clinical trials will drop out of the trials before completion.

Our product candidates may cause serious adverse events or undesirable side effects, which may delay or prevent marketing approval, or, if approved, require them to be taken off the market, require them to include safety warnings or otherwise limit their sales.

Serious adverse events or undesirable side effects caused by IGC-AD1, or any other product candidates could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or other comparable foreign authorities. Results of any clinical trial we conduct could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of side effects or unexpected characteristics.

If unacceptable side effects arise in the development of our product candidates, we, the FDA, or the IRBs at the institutions in which our studies are conducted, or the DSMB, if constituted for our clinical trials, could recommend a suspension or termination of our clinical trials, or the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order us to cease further development of or deny approval of a product candidate for any or all targeted indications. In addition, drug-related side effects could affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete a trial or result in potential product liability claims. In addition, these side effects may not be appropriately recognized or managed by the treating medical staff. We expect to have to train medical personnel using our product candidates to understand the side effect profiles for our clinical trials and upon any commercialization of any of our product candidates. Inadequate training in recognizing or managing the potential side effects of our product candidates could result in patient injury or death. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition, and prospects significantly.

27

Additionally, if one or more of our product candidates receives marketing approval, and we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by such products, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

additional restrictions may be imposed on the marketing of the particular product or the manufacturing processes for the product or any component thereof;

regulatory authorities may withdraw approvals of such product;

regulatory authorities may require additional warnings on the label, such as a “black box” warning or contraindication;

we may be required to implement a REMS or create a medication guide outlining the risks of such side effects for distribution to patients;

we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients;

the product may become less competitive; and

our reputation may suffer.

Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of a product candidate, if approved, and could significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.

Our product candidates may be unable to achieve the expected market acceptance, consequently, limitinglimiting our ability to generate revenue from new products.

 

Even when product development is successful and regulatory approval has been obtained, our ability to generate sufficient revenue depends on the acceptance of our products by customers. We cannot assure you that our products will achieve the expected level of market acceptance and revenue. The market acceptance of any product depends on a number ofseveral factors such as the price of the product, the effect of the product, the taste of the product, reputation of the Company, competition, and marketing and distribution support.

 

The success and acceptance of a product in one state may not be replicated in other states or may be negatively affected by our activities in another state. Any factors preventing or limiting the market acceptance of our products could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The nature of our products, customer base and sales channels cause us to lack visibility regarding future demand for our products, which makes it difficult for us to predict our revenues or operating results.

It is important to the success of our business that we have the ability to accurately predict the future demand for our products. However, several factors contribute to a lack of visibility with respect to future orders, including:

the lengthy and unpredictable sales cycle for our products that can extend from 6 to 24 months or longer;

the project-driven nature of our customers’ requirements;

the uncertainty of the extent and timing of market acceptance of our new products;

the requirement to obtain industry certifications or regulatory approval for some products; and

the diversity of our product lines and geographic scope of our product distribution.

This lack of visibility impacts our ability to forecast inventory requirements. An overestimate of our customers’ future requirements for products may lead to excess inventory, which would increase costs and potentially require us to write-off inventory that becomes obsolete. If we underestimate our customers’ future requirements, we may have inadequate inventory, which could interrupt and delay the delivery of our products to our customers and could cause our revenues to decline. If any of these events occur, they could negatively impact our revenues, which could prevent us from achieving or sustaining profitability.

Some, but not all, of the factors that could affect our ability to achieve results are described in forward-looking statements. If one or more of these factors materialize, or if any underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results, performance or achievements may vary materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.

Business interruptions could delay us in the process of developing our product candidates and could disrupt our product sales.

Loss of our manufacturing facilities, our growing plants, stored inventory or laboratory facilities through fire, theft, natural disasters or other causes, or loss of our botanical raw material due to pathogenic infection, waste, destruction, or other causes, could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet demand for cannabinoidour products or to continue product development activities and to conduct our business. Failure to supply our partners with commercial productproducts may lead to adverse consequences.

 

28

Counterfeit versionsClimate change concerns could disrupt our businesses, adversely affect client activity levels, adversely affect the creditworthiness of our productscounterparties and damage our reputation.

Climate change may cause extreme weather events that, among other things, could harmdamage our business.

Counterfeiting activitiesfacilities and equipment, injure our employees, disrupt operations at one or more of our primary locations, negatively affect our ability to service and interact with our clients, and adversely affect the presencevalue of counterfeit productsour assets. Any of these events may increase our costs including our costs to insure against these events.

Climate change may also have a negative impact on the financial condition of our clients, which may decrease revenues from those clients and increase the credit exposures to those clients. Additionally, our reputation and client relationships may be damaged as a result of our involvement, or our clients’ involvement, in market and over the internetcertain industries associated with causing or exacerbating, or alleged to cause or exacerbate, climate change. We also may be negatively impacted by any decisions we make to continue to be a challenge for maintaining a safe product supply. Counterfeit products are frequently unsafeconduct or ineffective and can be life-threatening. To distributors and users, counterfeit products may be visually indistinguishable fromchange our activities in response to considerations relating to climate change. New regulations or guidance relating to climate change, as well as the authentic version. Reportsperspectives of adverse reactions to counterfeit drugs along with increased levels of counterfeiting could be mistakenly attributed to the authentic product, affect consumer confidence in the authentic product and harm the business of companies such as ours. If our products were to be the subject of counterfeits, we could incur reputational and financial harm.

We face intense competition, including from generic products. If our competitors’ market or develop alternative products that are approved more quickly or marketed more effectively than our product candidates or are demonstrated to be safer or more effective than our products, our commercial opportunities will be reduced or eliminated.

The Life Sciences products industry is characterized by advancing technology, competition, and a strong emphasis on developing proprietary products. We face competition from a number of sources, some of which may target the same indications as our products or product candidates, such as pharmaceutical companies, including generic drug companies, biotechnology companies, drug delivery companies, and academic and research institutions, many of which have greater financial resources, marketing capabilities, including well-established sales forces, manufacturing capabilities, research and development capabilities, experience in obtaining regulatory approvals for product candidatesshareholders, employees, and other resources than us.

Westakeholders regarding climate change, may not be able to differentiate any products thataffect whether and on what terms and conditions we may market from those of our competitors, successfully develop or introduce new products that are less costlyengage in certain activities or offer better performance than those of our competitors, or offer purchasers of our products payment and other commercial terms as favorable as those offered by our competitors. In addition, there are several established products already commercially available and under development by other companies that treat the indications that our product candidates are intended to treat.certain products.

 

Currency fluctuations may reduce our assets and profitability.

 

We have assets located in foreign countries that are valued in foreign currencies. Fluctuation of the U.S. dollar relative to the foreign currency may adversely affect our assets and profit.

 

22

Our business relies heavily on our management team, and any unexpected loss of key officers may adversely affect our operations.

 

The continued success of our business is largely dependent on the continued services of our key employees. The loss of the services of certain key personnel, without adequate replacement, could have an adverse effect on our performance. Our senior management, as well as the senior management of our subsidiaries, plays a significant role in developing and executing the overall business plan, maintaining client relationships, proprietary processes, and technology. While no one is irreplaceable, the loss of the services of any would be disruptive to our business.

 

Our quarterly revenue, operating results, and profitability will vary.

 

Factors that may contribute to the variability of quarterly revenue, operating results, or profitability include:

 

Fluctuations in revenue due to the seasonality of the marketplace, which results in uneven revenue and operating results over the year;

Additions and departures of key personnel;

Strategic decisions made by us and our competitors, such as acquisitions, divestitures, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments, and changes in business strategy; and

•     Fluctuations in revenue due to seasonality of the marketplace, which results in uneven revenue and operating results over the year;

•     Additions and departures of key personnel;

•     Strategic decisions made by us and our competitors, such as acquisitions, divestitures, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments, and changes in business strategy; and

•     Economic conditions, including but not limited to the adverse impact on operating results due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

We may not successfully register the provisional patents with the USPTO.

 

We have filed ten provisional patentsforty-one (41) patent applications with the USPTO and also in other different countries, in the combination therapy space, for the indications of pain, Alzheimer’s, medical refractory epilepsy, eating disorders, and cachexiaTourette syndrome as part of our intellectual property strategy focused on the phytocannabinoid-based health care industry. Although twonine patents have been issued, there is no guarantee that our remaining applications will result in a successful registration with the USPTO. If we are unsuccessful in registering patents, our ability to create a valuable line of products can be adversely affected. This in turn may have a material and adverse impact on the trading price of our common stock.

 

29

We may be unable to protect our intellectual property rights and/or intellectual property rights licensed to us and may be subject to intellectual property litigation and infringement claims by third parties.

 

We intend to protect our intellectual property through limited patents and our unpatented trade secrets and know-how through confidentiality or license agreements with third parties, employees, and consultants, and by controlling access to and distribution of our proprietary information. However, this method may not afford complete protection, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the U.S. and unauthorized parties may copy or otherwise obtain and use our products, processes, or technology. Additionally, there can be no assurance that others will not independently develop similar know-how and trade secrets. We are also dependent upon the owners of intellectual property rights licensed to us under various wholesale license agreements to protect and defend those rights against third party claims. If third parties take actions that affect our rights, the value of our intellectual property, similar proprietary rights or reputation or the licensors who have granted us certain rights under wholesale license agreements, or we are unable to protect the intellectual property from infringement or misappropriation, other companies may be able to offer competitive products at lower prices, and we may not be able to effectively compete against these companies. We also face the risk of claims that we have infringed third parties’ intellectual property rights. Any claims of intellectual property infringement, even those without merit, may require us to:

 

●     defend against infringement claims which are expensive and time consuming;

●     cease making, licensing, or using, either temporarily or permanently, products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;

●     re-design, re-engineer, or re-brand our products or packaging; or

●     enter into royalty or licensing agreements to obtain the right to use a third party’s intellectual property.

 

defend against infringement claims which are expensive and time consuming;

cease making, licensing, or using, either temporarily or permanently, products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;

re-design, re-engineer, or re-brand our products or packaging; or

enter into royalty or licensing agreements to obtain the right to use a third party’s intellectual property.

In the event of claims by third parties for infringement of intellectual property rights we license from third parties under wholesale license agreements, we could be liable for costs of defending allegations of infringement, and there are no assurances the licensors will either adequately defend the licensed intellectual property rights or that they would prevail in the related litigation. In that event, we would incur additional costs and may be deprived from generating royalties from these agreements.

 

23

We may face risks relating to health care privacy and security laws.

 

We may be subject to various privacy and security regulations, including but not limited to HIPAA,the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), as amended by HITECH,The Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (HITECH), and their respective implementing regulations, including the related final published omnibus rule. HIPAA mandates, among other things, the adoption of uniform standards for the electronic exchange of information in common health care transactions, as well as standards relating to the privacy and security of individually identifiable health information. These obligations would require the Company to adopt administrative, physical, and technical safeguards to protect such information. Among other things, HITECH makes HIPAA’s privacy and security standards directly applicable to “business associates” — independent contractors or agents of covered entities that receive or obtain protected health information in connection with providing a service on behalf of a covered entity. HITECH also increased the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed against covered entities, business associates, and possibly other persons, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney’s fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. In addition, state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, some of which are more stringent thenthan HIPAA and many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thereby complicating compliance efforts. Failure to comply with these laws, where applicable, can result in the imposition of significant civil and criminal penalties.

 

Some of our lines of business will rely on third-party service providers to host and deliver services and data, and any interruptions or delays in these hosted services, security, or privacy breaches, including cybersecurity attacks, or failures in data collection could expose us to liability claims, increased costs, reduced revenue, and harm our business and reputation.

 

Our lines of business and services, but especially our development of cannabinoids-basedhemp-based cannabinoid combination therapies for products, including Hyalolex™, Drops of Clarity™ and other products in that brand, chronic pain, post-traumatic stress disorder, and eating disorders,, and our long-term use and/or development of blockchain technologies to solve critical issues facing the cannabinoids industry, rely on services hosted and controlled directly by our suppliers and distributors and their third-party service providers. We do not have redundancy for all our systems; many of our critical applications reside in only one of our data centers, and our disaster recovery planning may not account for all eventualities. These facts could cause reputational harm, loss of customers, or loss of future business, thereby reducing our revenue.

 

30

Our suppliers and distributors and their third-party service providers hold customer data, some of which is hosted in third-party facilities. A security incident or cybersecurity attack at those facilities or ours may compromise the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of customer data. We have a cybersecurity policy in place, however, unauthorized access to customer data stored on our computers or networks may be obtained through break-ins, breaches of our secure network by an unauthorized party, employee theft or misuse, or other misconduct. It is also possible that unauthorized access to customer data may be obtained through inadequate use of security controls by customers. Accounts created with weak passwords could allow cyber-attackers to gain access to customer data. If there were an inadvertent disclosure of customer information, or if a third party were to gain unauthorized access to the information we possess on behalf of our customers, our operations could be disrupted, our reputation could be damaged, and we could be subject to claims or other liabilities. In addition, such perceived or actual unauthorized disclosure of the information we collect, or breach of our security could damage our reputation, result in the loss of customers, and harm our business.

 

Hardware or software failures or errors in our systems or those of our suppliers and distributors or their third-party service providers, could result in data loss or corruption, cause the information that we collect to be incomplete or contain inaccuracies that our customers regard as significant, or cause us to fail to meet committed service levels. Furthermore, our ability to collect and report data may be delayed or interrupted by several factors, including access to the Internet,internet, the failure of our network or software systems or security breaches. In addition, computer viruses or other malware may harm our systems, causing us to lose data, and the transmission of computer viruses or other malware could expose us to litigation. We may also find, on occasion, that we cannot deliver data and reports in near real time because of several factors, including failures of our network or software. If we supply inaccurate information or experience interruptions in our ability to capture, store and supply information in near real time or at all, our reputation could be harmed, we could lose customers, or we could be found liable for damages or incur other losses.

 

All our data is stored on the cloud on multiple servers thatwhich helps us mitigate the overall risk of losing data. We have a cybersecurity policy in place and are in the process of implementing tighter cybersecurity measures to safeguard against hackers. Complying with these security measures and compliances would incur further costs.

 

24

The states in which we and our distributersdistributors and suppliers and their service providers operate require that we maintain certain information about our customers and transactions. If we fail to maintain such information, we could be in violation of state laws. Laws and regulations relating to the handling of personal data may impede the adoption of our services or result in increased costs, legal claims, fines against us, or reputational damage.

 

We rely on third parties to process, manufacture and to compound some of our products, we have no control over these third parties and we may not be able to obtain quality products on a timely basis or in sufficient quantity.

Some of our products are manufactured or compounded by unaffiliated third parties. We do not have any long-term contracts with any of these third parties, and we expect to compete with other companies for raw materials, production and import capacity. If we experience significant increased demand, or need to replace an existing manufacturer, there can be no assurance that additional manufacturing capacity will be available when required on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all, or that any manufacturer or compounder would allocate sufficient capacity to us in order to meet our requirements. In addition, even if we are able to expand existing or find new sources, we may encounter delays in production and added costs as a result of the time it takes to engage third parties. Any delays, interruption or increased costs in the manufacturing or compounding of our products could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet retail customer and consumer demand for our products and result in lower revenues and net income both in the short and long-term.

We face risks associated with the manufacture of our products which could adversely affect our business and financial results.

 

We are subject to the risks inherent in manufacturing our products, including industrial accidents, environmental events, strikes and other labor disputes, disruptions in supply chain or information systems, loss or impairment of key manufacturing sites or suppliers, product quality control, safety, increase in commodity prices and energy costs, licensing requirements and other regulatory issues, as well as natural disasters and other external factors over which we have no control. If such an event were to occur, it could have an adverse effect on our business and financial results.

 

The Company is exposed to the risk of write-downs on the value of its inventory and other assets, in addition to purchase commitment cancellation risk.

 

The Company records a write-down for product and component inventories that become obsolete or exceed anticipated demand, or for which cost exceeds net realizable value. The Company may also accrue necessary cancellation fee reserves for orders of excess products and components. The Company reviews long-lived assets, including capital assets held at its suppliers’ facilities and inventory prepayments, for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate the assets may not be recoverable. If the Company determines that an impairment has occurred, it records a write-down equal to the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. Although the Company believes its inventory, capital assets, inventory prepayments, and other assets and purchase commitments are currently recoverable, no assurance can be given that the Company will not incur write-downs, fees, impairments, and other charges given the rapid and unpredictable pace of product obsolescence in the industries in which the Company competes.

 

The Company orders components for its products and builds inventory in advance of product announcements and shipments. Manufacturing purchase obligations cover the Company’s forecasted component and manufacturing requirements, typically for periods up to 150 days. Because the Company’s markets are volatile, competitive, and subject to rapid technology and price changes, there is a risk the Company will forecast incorrectly and order or produce excess or insufficient amounts of components or products, or not fully utilize firm purchase commitments.

31

Our accounting personnel may make unintentional errors.

 

Given our small size and foreign operations, a small unrectified mistake in the preparation of financial statements and the maintenance of our books and records in accordance with U.S. GAAP and SEC rules and regulations may constitute a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting. For more information, please see Item 9A, “Controls and Procedures.”

 

The Company is subject to complex and changing laws and regulations worldwide related to climate change and ESG initiatives, which expose the Company to potential liabilities, increased costs, and other adverse effects on the Companys business.

We are subject to transitional and physical risks related to climate change. Transitional risks include, for example, a disorderly global transition away from fossil fuels that may result in increased energy prices; customer preference for low or no-carbon products; stakeholder pressure to decarbonize assets; or new legal or regulatory requirements that result in new or expanded carbon pricing, taxes, restrictions on greenhouse gas emissions, and increased greenhouse gas disclosure and transparency. These risks could increase operating costs, including the cost of our electricity and energy use, or other compliance costs. Physical risks to our operations include water stress and drought; flooding and storm surge; wildfires; extreme temperatures and storms, which could impact pharmaceutical production, increase costs, or disrupt supply chains of medicines for patients. Our supply chain is likely subject to these same transitional and physical risks and would likely pass along any increased costs to us. We do not anticipate that these risks will have a material financial impact on the Company in the near term.

Governmental authorities, non-governmental organizations, customers, investors, employees, and other stakeholders are increasingly sensitive to ESG matters, such as equitable access to medicines and vaccines, product quality and safety, diversity, equity and inclusion, environmental stewardship, support for local communities, value chain environmental and social due diligence, corporate governance, and transparency, and addressing human capital factors in our operations. This focus on ESG matters may lead to new expectations or requirements that could result in increased costs associated with research, development, manufacture, or distribution of our products. Our ability to compete could also be affected by changing customer preferences and requirements, such as growing demand for companies to establish validated Net Zero targets or offer more sustainable products. While we strive to improve our ESG performance and meet our voluntary goals, if we do not meet, or are perceived not to meet, our goals or other stakeholder expectations in key ESG areas, we risk negative stakeholder reaction, including from proxy advisory services, as well as damage to our brand and reputation, reduced demand for our products or other negative impacts on our business and operations. While we monitor a broad range of ESG matters, we cannot be certain that we will manage such matters successfully, or that we will successfully meet the expectations of investors, employees, consumers, governments, and other stakeholders.

A pandemic, epidemic, or outbreak of infectious disease, such as COVID-19, may materially and adversely affect our business and operations.

The COVID-19 pandemic is affecting the United States and global economies and has and may continue to affect our operations and those of third parties on which we rely, including by causing disruptions in the supply of our products candidates and the conduct of current and future clinical trials. As the end of the COVID-19 pandemic remains unknown, the full extent of the impact of COVID-19 on the Company remains unknown as well. The impact of COVID-19 on our operations is reflected in reduced revenue and increased expenses in both our Infrastructure and the Life Sciences segments.

In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic may affect the operations of the FDA and other health authorities, which could result in delays of reviews and approvals, including with respect to our product candidates. The evolving COVID-19 pandemic is also likely to directly or indirectly impact the pace of enrollment in our clinical trial for IGC-AD1 for at least the next several months and possibly longer as patients may avoid or may not be able to travel to healthcare facilities and physicians’ offices unless due to a health emergency. Such facilities and offices may also be required to focus limited resources on non-clinical trial matters, including treatment of COVID-19 patients, and may not be available, in whole or in part, for clinical trial services or our other product candidates. Additionally, while the potential economic impact brought by, and the duration of the COVID-19 pandemic is difficult to assess or predict, the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the global financial markets may reduce our ability to access capital, which could negatively impact our short-term and long-term liquidity. The ultimate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is highly uncertain and subject to change. We do not yet know the full extent of potential delays or impacts on our business, financing, clinical trial activities or on healthcare systems, or the global economy as a whole. However, these effects could have a material impact on our liquidity, capital resources, operations, and business and those of the third parties on which we rely. The continued impact of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic on the Company as well as on the regions in which we do business cannot be predicted.

25
32

 

Risks Related to ownership of our common stockstock:

 

Future sales of common stock by us could cause our stock price to decline and dilute your ownership in our Company.

 

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 150,000,000 shares of Common Stock,common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. The Company has 11,672,178 outstanding public warrants (IGC: IW) to purchase 1,167,217 shares of common stock by surrendering 10 warrants and a payment of $5.00 in exchange for each share of common stock. We have 91,472 units outstanding that can be separated into common stock and warrants. Ten units may be separated into one share of common stock and 20 warrants (IGC: IW). The unit holders are requested to contact the Company or our transfer agent, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust, to separate their units into common stock and warrants. The warrants expire on March 8, 2021. We also have outstanding options to purchase 160,000 shares, expiring between calendar years 2022 and 2024 with a weighted average exercise price of $0.4$0.0001 per share. We are not restricted from issuing additional shares of our common stock or preferred stock, including any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock or preferred stock or any substantially similar securities. The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock by us in the market or the perception that such sales could occur. If we raise funds by issuing additional securities in the future or the outstanding warrants or stock options to purchase our common stock are exercised, the newly issued shares will also dilute your percentage ownership in our Company.

 

Our common stock price has fluctuated considerably and has recently reached our highest price levels, which may not be sustained.

The market price forof shares of our common stock may be volatile.

The trading volumehas fluctuated substantially in our common stock mayrecent years and is likely to fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. Fluctuations in our stock price may not be correlated in a predictable way to our performance or operating results. Our stock price may fluctuate as a result of a number of events and factors such as those described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section, events described in this report, and other factors that are beyond our control. In addition, the stock market, in general, has historically experienced significant price and volume fluctuations.significantly from its current level. Our common stock has also been volatile, with our 52-week closing price range being at a low of $0.3$0.31 and a high of $2.07$0.94 per share. These fluctuations are oftenFuture announcements concerning the introduction of new products, services, or technologies or changes in product pricing policies by us or our competitors, or changes in earnings estimates by analysts, among other factors, could cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially. Also, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume volatility in the last year. This volatility has had a substantial effect on the market prices of securities of many public companies for reasons frequently unrelated to the operating performance of particularthe specific companies. These broad market fluctuations may also cause declines in the market price of our common stock. In addition, it is possible, given our current trading price,Investors seeking short-term liquidity should be aware that we cannot assure that the stock price will continue at these or any higher levels.

A possible short squeeze due to a sudden increase in demand of our common stock that largely exceeds supply may faillead to comply with the minimum tradingfurther price requiredvolatility in our common stock.

Investors may purchase shares of our common stock to tradehedge existing exposure in our sharescommon stock or to speculate on the NYSE American, resulting in delistingprice of our shares.

Thecommon stock. Speculation on the price of our common stock may involve long and short exposures. To the extent aggregate short exposure exceeds the number of shares of our common stock available for purchase in the open market, investors with short exposure may have to pay a premium to repurchase our common stock for delivery to lenders of our common stock. Those repurchases may in general has recently experienced relatively largeturn dramatically increase the price and volume fluctuations, particularlyof our common stock until investors with short exposure are able to purchase additional shares of common stock to cover their short position. This is often referred to as a “short squeeze.” A short squeeze could lead to volatile price movements in responseshares of our common stock that are not directly correlated to the COVID-19 outbreak. In particular,performance or prospects of our Company and once investors purchase the market pricesshares necessary to cover their short position the price of securities of smaller biotechnology and medical device companies have experienced dramatic fluctuationsour common stock may decline. We believe that often have been unrelated or disproportionatethe recent volatility in our common stock may be due, in part, to the operating results of these companies. Continued market fluctuations could result in extreme volatility inshort squeezes that may be temporarily increasing the price of our common stock, which could causeresult in a declineloss of some or all of your investment in the value of our common stock. In addition,

Our management team will have broad discretion over the use of Company funds.

Our management will use their discretion to direct the use of Company funds. We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of IGC shares in ATM offerings, sales proceeds, sale of capital assets, and other funds to fund working capital and capital expenditure requirements. It may also be used for clinical trials, share repurchases, debt repayments, and investments, including but not limited to, mutual funds, treasury bonds, cryptocurrencies, and other asset classes. Management’s judgments may not result in positive returns on investor investment, and the investor will not have an opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial, or other information upon which the Management bases its decisions. The Company may invest the funds, pending their use, in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. The failure by management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses, and these financial losses could have a material adverse effect on our business and cause the price volatility may increase if the trading volume of our common stock remains limited or declines.to decline.

 

Our publicly-filedpublicly filed reports are subject to review by the SEC, and any significant changes or amendments required as a result of any such review may result in material liability to us and may have a material adverse impact on the trading price of our common stock.

 

The reports of publicly-tradedpublicly traded companies are subject to review by the SEC from time to time for the purpose of assisting companies in complying with applicable disclosure requirements, and the SEC is required to undertake a comprehensive review of a company’s reports at least once every three years under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. SEC reviews may be initiated at any time. We could be required to modify, amend, or reformulate information contained in prior filings as a result of an SEC review, as well as the state in filings that we have inadequate control or expertise over financial reporting. Any modification, amendment, or reformulation of information contained in such reports could be significant and result in material liability to us and have a material and adverse impact on the trading price of our common stock.

33

We do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends on our common stock.

 

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not plan to pay any cash dividends in the near future. Our current policy is to retain all funds and earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business.

 

26

Maryland anti-takeover provisions and certain anti-takeover effects of our Charter and Bylaws may inhibit a takeover at a premium price that may be beneficial to our stockholders.

 

Maryland anti-takeover provisions and certain anti-takeover effects of our charter and bylaws may be utilized, under some circumstances, as a method of discouraging, delaying, or preventing a change of control of our Company at a premium price that would be beneficial to our stockholders. For more detailed information about these provisions, please see “Anti-takeover Law, Limitations of Liability and Indemnification” as follows:

 

Business Combinations

 

Under the Maryland General Corporation Law, some business combinations, including a merger, consolidation, share exchange or, in some circumstances, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities, are prohibited for a period of time and require an extraordinary vote. These transactions include those between a Maryland corporation and the following persons (a “Specified Person”)Specified Person):

 

An interested stockholder, whichwho is defined as any person (other than a subsidiary) who beneficially owns 10% or more of the corporation’s voting stock, or who is an affiliate or an associate of the corporation who, at any time within a two-year period prior to the transaction, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s voting stock; or an affiliate of an interested stockholder.

 

A person is not an interested stockholder if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. The board of directors of a Maryland corporation also may exempt a person from these business combination restrictions prior to the time the person becomes a Specified Person and may provide that its exemption be subject to compliance with any terms and conditions determined by the board of directors. Transactions between a corporation and a Specified Person are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which such stockholder becomes a Specified Person. After five years, any business combination must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by at least 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation and two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of shares other than voting stock held by the Specified Person with whom the business combination is to be effected, unless the corporation’s stockholders receive a minimum price as defined by Maryland law and other conditions under Maryland law are satisfied.

 

A Maryland corporation may elect not to be governed by these provisions by having its board of directors exempt various Specified Persons, by including a provision in its charter expressly electing not to be governed by the applicable provision of Maryland law or by amending its existing charter with the approval of at least 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation and two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of shares other than those held by any Specified Person. Our Charter does not include any provision opting out of these business combination provisions.

 

Control Share Acquisitions

 

The Maryland General Corporation Law also prevents, subject to exceptions, an acquirer who acquires sufficient shares to exercise specified percentages of voting power of a corporation from having any voting rights except to the extent approved by two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter not including shares of stock owned by the acquiring person, any directors who are employees of the corporation and any officers of the corporation. These provisions are referred to as the control share acquisition statute.

 

The control share acquisition statute does not apply to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction, or to acquisitions approved or exempted prior to the acquisition by a provision contained in the corporation’s charter or bylaws. Our Bylaws include a provision exempting us from the restrictions of the control share acquisition statute, but this provision could be amended or rescinded either before or after a person acquired control shares. As a result, the control share acquisition statute could discourage offers to acquire our common stock and could increase the difficulty of completing an offer.

 

27
34

 

Board of Directors

 

The Maryland General Corporation Law provides that a Maryland corporation which is subject to the Exchange Act and has at least three outside directors (who are not affiliated with an acquirer of the company) under certain circumstances may elect by resolution of the board of directors or by amendment of its charter or bylaws to be subject to statutory corporate governance provisions that may be inconsistent with the corporation’s charter and bylaws. Under these provisions, a board of directors may divide itself into three separate classes without the vote of stockholders such that only one-third of the directors are elected each year. A board of directors classified in this manner cannot be altered by amendment to the charter of the corporation. Further, the board of directors may, by electing to be covered by the applicable statutory provisions and notwithstanding the corporation’s charter or bylaws:

 

•     provide that a special meeting of stockholders will be called only at the request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting, 

•     reserve for itself the right to fix the number of directors,

•     provide that a director may be removed only by the vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors, and

•     retain for itself sole authority to fill vacancies created by an increase in the size of the board or the death, removal, or resignation of a director.

 

provide that a special meeting of stockholders will be called only at the request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting,

reserve for itself the right to fix the number of directors,

provide that a director may be removed only by the vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors, and

retain for itself sole authority to fill vacancies created by an increase in the size of the board or the death, removal, or resignation of a director.

In addition, a director elected to fill a vacancy under these provisions serves for the balance of the unexpired term instead of until the next annual meeting of stockholders. A board of directors may implement all or any of these provisions without amending the charter or bylaws and without stockholder approval. Although a corporation may be prohibited by its charter or by resolution of its board of directors from electing any of the provisions of the statute, we have not adopted such a prohibition. We have adopted a staggered board of directors with three separate classes in our charter and given the board the right to fix the number of directors, but we have not prohibited the amendment of these provisions. The adoption of the staggered board may discourage offers to acquire our common stock and may increase the difficulty of completing an offer to acquire our stock. If our Board chose to implement the statutory provisions, it could further discourage offers to acquire our common stock and could further increase the difficulty of completing an offer to acquire our common stock.

 

Effect of Certain Provisions of our Charter and Bylaws

 

In addition to the Charter and Bylaws provisions discussed above, certain other provisions of our Bylaws may have the effect of impeding the acquisition of control of our Company by means of a tender offer, proxy fight, open market purchases or otherwise in a transaction not approved by our Board of Directors. These provisions of Bylaws are intended to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited proposal for the restructuring or sale of all or substantially all of our assets or an unsolicited takeover attempt, which our Board believes is otherwise unfair to our stockholders. These provisions, however, also could have the effect of delaying, deterring, or preventing a change in control of our Company.

 

Our Bylaws provide that with respect to annual meetings of stockholders, (i) nominations of individuals for election to our Board of Directors and (ii) the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders may be made only pursuant to our notice of the meeting, by or at the direction of our Board of Directors, or by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and has complied with the advance notice procedures set forth in our Bylaws.

 

Special meetings of stockholders may be called only by the chief executive officer, the board of directors or the secretary of our Company (upon the written request of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote). At a special meeting of stockholders, the only business that may be conducted is the business specified in our notice of meeting. With respect to nominations of persons for election to our Board of Directors, nominations may be made at a special meeting of stockholders only pursuant to our notice of meeting, by or at the direction of our Board of Directors, or if our Board of Directors has determined that directors will be elected at the special meeting, by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and has complied with the advance notice procedures set forth in our Bylaws.

 

These procedures may limit the ability of stockholders to bring business before a stockholders meeting, including the nomination of directors and the consideration of any transaction that could result in a change in control and that may result in a premium to our stockholders.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

None.

28
35

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

 

Our corporate headquarters is located in Potomac, Maryland. We own a property of approximately 40,000 square feet that isof property used for general management and R&D operations. In addition, we are leasing, through December 2025, approximately16,000approximately 16,000 square feet in Vancouver, Washington, for manufacturing, sales, and distribution of our Life Sciences segment products and services. We subleased a 100-acre cultivation land in Arizona for harvesting hemp. In Puerto Rico we own a property of approximately 1,355 square feet that we use primarily for medical trials and related operations. In addition, we own and have short-term lease facilities in the U.S., Colombia, Hong Kong, and India that isare used for sales, storage accounting, management, and R&D. We own approximately 5 acres of land in India. The Company believes its existing facilities and equipment, which are used by all reportable segments, are in good operating condition and are suitable for the conducting of its business.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

The Company may be involved in legal proceedings, claims, and assessments arising in the ordinary course of business. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties, and outcomes are not predictable with assurance. We believe thereThere are no such matters that have aare deemed material financial impact onto the consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2020, except as disclosed below.2023.

 

During the quarter ended September 30, 2019, the Company reached a preliminary agreement to resolve all derivative suits then- and currently-pending against the Company and various directors and officers. In January 2020, the Company and the named defendant directors and officers executed a formal settlement agreement with the plaintiffs in all pending derivative lawsuits on specific final terms of settlement. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, which was filed with the Court as an exhibit to an Amended Consent Motion for Preliminary Approval of Derivative Settlement on April 30, 2020, the Company will adopt certain corporate governance modifications, and the derivative plaintiffs will receive $200,000.00 from the Company’s insurer to cover their attorneys’ fees and a nominal service award. The Company has created a provision for $200,000 as of March 31, 2020. Shareholders were given notice of the proposed settlement through the Company’s filing of an SEC Form 8-K report, the issuance of a press release, publication in Investor’s Business Daily, and posting in the “Investors” section of the Company’s website, all of which were deemed by the court to constitute sufficient notice to shareholders of the settlement. Shareholders were given the opportunity to assert objections to the final settlement, and no objections were received by the parties to the derivative suit or filed with the court. On June 30, 2020, the Court held a hearing to evaluate the fairness and reasonableness of the settlement and to determine whether the settlement will be approved. On July 6, 2020, the Court entered an order formally and finally approving the settlement and resolving all pending derivative suits.

As of March 31, 2020,2023, the Company was a partyand one of its officers are parties to three shareholder lawsuits, as described below.the following litigation matters:

 

Shareholder Class Action Litigation

TchatchouApogee Financial Investments, Inc., et al. v. India Globalization Capital, Inc., et al., Civil Action No. 8:18-cv-033961:21-cv-03809 (U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Maryland)New York). On November 2, 2018,April 29, 2021, Apogee Financial Investments, Inc. (Apogee) and John R. Clarke (Clarke) filed a complaint against the Company and IGC’s President and Chief Executive Officer, Ram Mukunda (Mukunda) (the Apogee Litigation). The litigation was originally initiated by IGC shareholder Alde-Binet Tchatchou instituted a shareholder class action complaint on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated in the United StatesFebruary 8, 2021 (India Globalization Capital, Inc. v. Apogee Financial Investments, Inc., Civil Action No. 1:21-cv-01131, U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Maryland.New York), wherein IGC Ram Mukunda, Richard Prins,alleged that Apogee breached a purchase agreement dated December 18, 2014, related to IGC’s intended purchase of a business known as Midtown Partners & Co., LLC (Midtown). In response to the original lawsuit filed by IGC, Apogee, and Sudhakar Shenoy were namedClarke filed a counterclaim as defendants.well as the Apogee Litigation. On May 13, 2019, the plaintiff in the Tchatchou litigationJune 28, 2021, Apogee and Clarke filed an amended complaintcomplaint. On July 23, 2021, IGC and Mukunda moved to partially dismiss the counterclaim and the Apogee Litigation. On March 7, 2022, the Court granted the motion to dismiss in substantial part, leaving only two claims: Apogee’s cross-claim against IGC, Mukunda, and Claudia Grimaldi, (collectively, the “Class Action Defendants”), thereby removing Prins and Shenoy as defendants. The plaintiff in Tchatchou alleges that the Class Action Defendants violated Section 10(b)Company for an alleged breach of the Exchange Act, SEC Rule 10b-5,purchase agreement; and Section 20(a)Clarke’s claim against the Company for an alleged breach of an alleged promise to issue him shares of the Exchange Act and made false and misleading statements to the public by issuing a September 25, 2018, press release entitled “IGC to Enter the Hemp/CBD-Infused Energy Drink Space” and related disclosures, in which IGC announced it had “executed a distribution and partnership agreement” for the sugar-free energy drink named Nitro G, as well as through related public statements. The plaintiff in Tchatchou has not publicly disclosed the amount of damages they seek.Company. On February 28, 2019, all pending shareholder class actions were consolidated,21, 2023, IGC and the Tchatchou litigation was designated as the lead case. For the current state of affairs regarding the Tchatchou Class Action Litigation, please refer to Note 21 - Subsequent Events.

29

On October 11, 2019, the Class Action DefendantsMukunda filed a motion to dismissfor summary judgment seeking judgment on both IGC’s underlying Complaint against Apogee and Apogee’s and Clarke’s claims against Apogee and Mukunda. On April 19, 2023, after the consolidated shareholder class action litigation on a number of grounds, including that the Class Action Defendants did not make any false or misleading statements or any materially false or misleading statements to the public; the Class Action Defendants did not act with any intent to deceive the public, nor did they recklessly do so; and that the Class Action Defendants’ alleged conduct did not cause any loss allegedly suffered by the class action plaintiffs. The motion to dismiss remains pending before the United States District Court for the District of Maryland, and the Company anticipates that a decision is likely to be issued during calendar 2020, although it can provide no assurances of the same.

Harris-Carr v. India Globalization Capital, Inc., et al., Civil Action No. 8:18-cv-03408 (U.S. District Court for the District of Maryland). On November 2, 2018, IGC shareholder Gabe Harris-Carr instituted a shareholder class action complaint on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated in the United States District Court for the District of Maryland. IGC, Ram Mukunda, and Claudia Grimaldi were named as defendants. On February 28, 2019, all pending shareholder class actions, including the Harris-Carr litigation, were consolidated, and the Tchatchou litigation, described above, was designated as the lead case. On May 13, 2019, the plaintiff in the Tchatchou litigation filed an amended complaint, which becomes the operative complaint for the consolidated matter and supersedes the Harris-Carr complaint.

Shareholder Derivative Action Litigation

Erny v. Mukunda, et al., Civil Action No. 1:18-cv-03698 (U.S. District Court for the District of Maryland). On November 30, 2018, IGC shareholder Gene Erny instituted a shareholder derivative complaint on behalf of IGC in the United States District Court for the District of Maryland. Ram Mukunda, Claudia Grimaldi, Rohit Goel, Richard Prins, and Sudhakar Shenoy were named as defendants, and IGC was named as a nominal defendant. The Erny litigation represents a claim made by a shareholder on behalf of the Company (as opposed to against the Company). The complaint in the Erny litigation alleges that the Company should have filed suit against the individual defendants – Mukunda, Grimaldi, Goel, Prins, and Shenoy (collectively referred to as the “Individual Defendants”) – for securities fraud and breach of fiduciary duty. The plaintiff in Erny alleges that, through the individual defendants, the Company made false and misleading statements, and the individual defendants breached their fiduciary duties, as follows: “Under the direction and watch of the Individual Defendants, the [Company’s] 2018 Proxy Statement failed to disclose that: (1) the Company had substantially discontinued the business it was conducting at the time that it was initially listed on the New York Stock Exchange, and was instead engaged in ventures or promotions that had not been developed to a commercial stage or the success of which is problematical; (2) the Company adapted its business model frequently and radically in an attempt to lure investors seeking to capitalize on market fads, such as blockchain and cannabinoids; (3) the benefitsclose of the Company’s relationships with manufacturers, partners,fiscal year, Apogee and distributors were overstatedClarke filed a response to the motion. Both Apogee and Clarke withdrew their claims against Mukunda at that time. The Company filed its reply in ordersupport of summary judgment on May 16, 2023. The court is expected to createissue a misleadingly positive impression of IGC’s potential commercial success; (4) DaMa Pharmaceutical does not have a long history of developing premier pharmaceutical products; (5) as a resultdecision sometime during fiscal year 2024 (on or before March 31, 2024). The Company considers the counterclaim and the Apogee Litigation to be ordinary, routine litigation incidental to the business. The Company and Mukunda deny any and all liability and, in particular, deny many of the foregoing, IGC’s stock would be suspended from the New York Stock Exchange and potentially delisted; (6) the Company failed to maintain internal controls; and (7) as a result of the foregoing, the Company’s public statements were materially false and misleading at all relevant times.” The plaintifffactual allegations contained in the Erny litigation further alleges that the “Individual Defendants also caused the [Company’s] 2018 Proxy Statement to be false and misleading with regard to executive compensation in that they purported to employ ‘pay-for-performance’ elements while failing to disclose that the Company’s share price was being artificially inflated by the false and misleading statements made by the Individual Defendants as alleged herein, and therefore any compensation based on the Company’s financial performance was artificially inflated. The false and misleading elements of the 2018 Proxy Statement led to the reelection of Defendant Prins, which allowed him to continue breaching his fiduciary duties to IGC.” Because the claims made in Erny are asserted against the individual defendants, as opposed to the Company, the Company is merely a nominal defendant.

On January 28, 2019, the court issued a consent order staying proceedings in the Erny litigation pending resolution of a motion to dismiss (which was then yet to be filed) by the Class Action Defendants in the Tchatchou matter, described above. On May 9, 2019, Erny and Hamdan, described below, were consolidated, and the Erny litigation was designated as the lead derivative case.

On July 31, 2019,Apogee Litigation. Both the Company and the Individual Defendants reached a preliminary agreement with the plaintiffs in the derivative suits identified hereinMukunda intend to resolve all derivative suits, includingvigorously defend the Erny litigation and the Hamdan and Patel matters, described below. In January 2020, the Company and the named defendant directors and officers reached agreement with the plaintiffs in all pending derivative lawsuits on specific final terms of settlement, and all parties executed a mutually acceptable settlement agreement. Shareholders were given notice of the proposed settlement through the Company’s filing of an SEC Form 8-K report, the issuance of a press release, publication in Investor’s Business Daily, and posting in the “Investors” section of the Company’s website, all of which were deemedare represented by the court to constitute sufficient notice to shareholders of the settlement. Shareholders were given the opportunity to assert objections to the final settlement, and no objections were received by the parties to the derivative suit or filed with the court. On June 30, 2020, the Court held a hearing to evaluate the fairness and reasonableness of the settlement and to determine whether the settlement will be approved. On July 6, 2020, the Court entered an order formally and finally approving the settlement and resolving all pending derivative suits.counsel for that purpose.

 

30

Hamdan v. Mukunda, et al., Civil Action No. 8:19-cv-00493 (U.S. District Court for the District of Maryland). On February 20, 2019, IGC shareholder Waseem Hamdan instituted a shareholder derivative complaint on behalf of IGC in the United States District Court for the District of Maryland. Ram Mukunda, Claudia Grimaldi, Rohit Goel, Richard Prins, and Sudhakar Shenoy were named as defendants, and IGC was named as a nominal defendant. The allegations made by the plaintiff in the Hamdan litigation are substantially similar to the allegations made in Erny, and the claims against the individual director defendants are based on the same alleged transactions and/or occurrences as are the claims made in the Erny litigation. Because the claims made in Hamdan are asserted against the individual defendants, as opposed to the Company, the Company is merely a nominal defendant. On May 9, 2019, Erny and Hamdan were consolidated, with the Erny litigation, described above, designated as the lead case. As a result of the consolidation, the Hamdan litigation became subject to the January 28, 2019, order entered in the Erny litigation staying proceedings pending resolution of an anticipated motion to dismiss to be filed by the Class Action Defendants in the Tchatchou matter, described above. 

The Hamdan litigation is subject to the same negotiated settlement described in Erny, above, and is resolved effective July 6, 2020.

Patel v. Mukunda, et al., Civil Action No. 8:19-cv-01673 (U.S. District Court for the District of Maryland). On June 6, 2019, IGC shareholder Dimple Patel instituted a shareholder derivative complaint on behalf of IGC in the United States District Court for the District of Maryland. Ram Mukunda, Claudia Grimaldi, Rohit Goel, Richard Prins, Shajy Mathilakathu, and Sudhakar Shenoy (collectively, with reference to the Patel litigation, “Individual Defendants”) were named as defendants, and IGC was named as a nominal defendant. The Patel litigation represents a claim made by a shareholder on behalf of the Company (as opposed to against the Company). The complaint in the Patel litigation alleges that the Company should have filed suit against the Individual Defendants for breach of fiduciary duty. Specifically, the complaint alleges that the Individual Defendants “violated their duty of good faith by knowingly causing and/or recklessly allowing the Company to make false and misleading statements and/or fail[ed] to disclose that: (i) [IGC] substantially discontinued the business that it conducted at the time it began trading on the NYSE; (ii) the Company had become engaged in ventures or promotions which have not developed to a commercial stage; (iii) cannabis-related products, including CBD-based beverages, are illegal in Malaysia; (iv) neither IGC nor Treasure Network was a licensed manufacturer of cannabis-based products in Malaysia; (v) CBD-infused Nitro G was not an approved and registered product under Malaysian law; (vi) Treasure Network, founded in 2017, was not “experienced”; (vii) Treasure Network was a distributor, not a manufacturer; (viii) at all relevant times, the Individual Defendants had the ability to exercise substantial control over Treasure Network; (ix) consequently, the Company was not an operating company for the purposes of continued trading and listing on the NYSE American; and (x) as a result, India Globalization’s public statements were materially false and misleading at all relevant times.” Because the claims made in the Patel litigation are asserted against the individual Defendants, as opposed to the Company, the Company is merely a nominal defendant. The Patel litigation has not been consolidated with Erny and Hamdan to date.

The Patel litigation is subject to the same negotiated settlement described in Erny, above, and is resolved effective July 6, 2020. On July 8, 2020, the Court dismissed the Patel litigation with prejudice pursuant to the approved settlement.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

Not applicable.

 

31
36

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’SREGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS, AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Our common stock is listed on the NYSE American under the“IGC” symbol “IGC” with CUSIP number 45408X308. The common stock of the Company is also quoted on the Frankfurt, Berlin, and Stuttgart (XETRA2) stock exchanges in Germany (ticker symbol: IGS1). Our warrants (ticker symbol: IGCIW, CUSIP number 45408X118, expiring on March 8, 2021) are quoted on the OTC Markets. We also have 91,472 units outstanding that can be separated into common stock and warrants as on March 31, 2020. The Units are not listed on an exchange.stock. Ten units may be separated into one share of common stock and 20 warrants (IGC: IW).stock. The unit holders are requested to contact the Company or our transfer agent, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust, to separate their units into common stock and warrants.stock.

 

 The Company has 11,672,178 outstanding publicly traded warrants to purchase 1,167,217 shares of its common stock. The trading history for the warrants is not available. No warrants were issued in Fiscal 2020 or Fiscal 2019. As set out on Form 8-K filed on February 19, 2019, the Company unilaterally extended the expiration of the warrants. The extension commencing at 5:00 p.m. New York time on March 6, 2019, and terminating at 5:00 p.m., New York time, on March 8, 2021. The terms of the warrants will permit the Company to exchange ten warrants and $5 for each share of common stock (CUSIP 45408X 308), in accordance with Section 3.1 of the Warrant Agreement.

Further information on the securities can be referred to in Note 13, “Securities” of Part II, Item 8.

 

Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans

 

The following table shows (in thousands), as of March 31, 2020,2023, information regarding outstanding awards available under our compensation plans (including individual compensation arrangements) under which our equity securities may be delivered.

 

Plan category

 

(a)

Number of

securities to be

issued upon

exercise of

outstanding

options,

warrants and

rights (1)

  

(b)

Weighted-

average exercise

price of

outstanding

options,

warrants and

rights

  

(c)

Number of

securities

available for

future

issuance

(excluding

shares in

column (a)(1)

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:

            
             

2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (1)

  1,328  $0.37   2,672 

Special Grant (2)

  1,610  $0.32   390 

Plan category

 

(a)

Number of

securities to be

issued upon

exercise of

outstanding

options,

warrants and

rights

(in thousands)

 

 

(b)

Weighted-

average exercise

price of

outstanding

options,

warrants and

rights

 

 

(c)

Number of

securities

available for

future

issuance

(excluding

shares in

column (a)

(in thousands)

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (1)

 

 

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

-

 

Special Grant (2)

 

 

5,696

 

 

$

0.98

 

 

 

2,280

 

 

(1) Consists of our 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plans, as approved by our stockholders on November 8, 2017. See Note 15,14, “Stock-Based Compensation” of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this report.

(2) Consists of 2 million shares as a special grant of common stock, as approved by our stockholders on January 7, 2020.2020, 2.5 million shares as a special grant of common stock, as approved by our stockholders on January 11, 2021, 3.5 million shares as a special grant of common stock, as approved by our stockholders on October 15, 2021, and 3 million shares as special grant of common stock, as approved by stockholders on September 9, 2022.

 

Holders of Record

 

As of June 24, 2020,July 6, 2023, we had approximately 4537 registered shareholders of record of our common stock and approximately 4 and 2 registered holders of record of our warrants and units respectively.unit holders. The number of record holders does not include persons who held our common stock in nominee or “street name” accounts through brokers. Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company is the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock and warrants.stock.

 

Dividend policy

 

We have not declared or paid any dividends on our common stock to date and do not intend to pay dividends. It is the present intention of our Board of Directors tostock. We currently anticipate that we will retain allfuture earnings, if any, for use inthe development, operation, and expansion of our business operations. Accordingly, our Board doesand do not anticipate declaring or paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determinations related to the dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors.

 

32

Unregistered sales of equity securities

 

None.

 

Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers

 

NoneNone.

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED[RESERVED]

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL DATACONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following is a discussion and analysis of the consolidated statement of operations, liquidity, and capital resources, and a summary of cash flows, which apply to Fiscal 2023 ending on March 31, 2023, and Fiscal 2022, ending on March 31, 2022. These statements should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes that appear elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In addition to historical information, this report contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the plans and results discussed in forward-looking statements. We encourage you to review the risks and uncertainties discussed in the sections entitled Item 1A. “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” are included at the beginning of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The risks and uncertainties can cause actual results to differ significantly from those in our forward-looking statements or implied in historical results and trends. We caution readers not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements made by us, which speak only as of the date they are made. We disclaim any obligation, except as specifically required by law and the rules of the SEC, to publicly update or revise any such statements to reflect any change in our expectations or in events, conditions, or circumstances on which any such statements may be based, or that may affect the likelihood that actual results will differ from those set forth in the forward-looking statements.

Overview

IGC Pharma, Inc. is a clinical-stage pharmaceutical company with a diversified revenue model that develops both prescription drugs and over-the-counter (OTC) products. Our focus is on developing innovative therapies for neurological disorders such as Alzheimer’s disease, epilepsy, Tourette syndrome, and sleep disorders. We also focus on formulations for eating disorders, chronic pain, premenstrual syndrome (PMS), and dysmenorrhea, in addition to health and wellness OTC formulations. The Company is developing its lead candidate, IGC-AD1, an investigational oral therapy for the treatment of agitation associated with Alzheimer’s disease. IGC-AD1 is currently in Phase 2 (Phase 2B) clinical trials after completing nearly a decade of research and realizing positive results from pre-clinical and a Phase 1 trial. This previous research into IGC-AD1 has demonstrated efficacy in reducing plaques and tangles, which are two important hallmarks of Alzheimer’s, as well as reducing neuropsychiatric symptoms associated with dementia in Alzheimer’s disease, such as agitation. We were formerly known as India Globalization Capital, Inc. and incorporated in Maryland on April 29, 2005. Our fiscal year is the 52- or 53-week period ending March 31.

Currently, most of our revenue comes from the Life Sciences segment and, in the future, we believe, from our investigational drugs for treating Alzheimer’s disease. We have also built a facility for a potential Phase 3 trial and have strategic relations for the procurement of Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs). In addition, we have acquired and initiated work on TGR-63, a pre-clinical molecule that exhibits an impressive affinity for reducing neurotoxicity in Alzheimer’s cell lines. The advancement of IGC-AD1 into Phase 2 trials represents a significant milestone for the company and positions us for multiple pathways to future success. Although there can be no assurance, we anticipate that the positive outcomes from these and other trials will drive further growth, valuation, and market potential for IGC-AD1.

IGC has two segments: Life Sciences and Infrastructure.

Life Sciences Segment

Pharmaceutical:

Since 2014, we have focused a portion of our business on the application of phytocannabinoids such as THC and CBD, among others, in combination with other compounds, to address efficacy for various ailments and diseases such as Alzheimer’s disease. As previously disclosed, IGC submitted IGC-AD1, our investigational drug candidate for Alzheimer’s, to the FDA under Section 505(i) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and received approval on July 30, 2020, to proceed with the Phase 1 trial on Alzheimer’s patients and the Company completed all dose escalation studies, and as announced by the Company on December 2, 2021, the results of the clinical trial have been submitted in the Clinical/Statistical Report (CSR) filed with the FDA. The Company is motivated by the potential that, with future successful results from appropriate further trials, IGC-AD1 could contribute to relief for some of the 55 million people around the world expected to be impacted by Alzheimer’s disease by 2030 (WHO, 2021).

Currently, IGC-AD1 is in a Phase 2B safety and efficacy clinical trial for agitation in dementia from Alzheimer’s (clinicaltrials.gov, NCT05543681). The progress we are making in the clinic, gives us confidence in the potential of IGC-AD1 as a potentially groundbreaking therapy, with the potential to treat Alzheimer’s and also to manage devastating symptoms that separate families, increase admissions to nursing homes, and drive the cost of Alzheimer’s care, although there can be no assurance.

We have a two-pronged approach for our Alzheimer’s investigational drug development strategy, the first prong is to investigate IGC-AD1 as an Alzheimer’s symptoms modifying agent, and the second is to investigate TGR-63 as a disease modifying agent. This involves conducting more trials on IGC-AD1 over the next few years, subject to FDA approval, with the anticipated goal of demonstrating safety and efficacy and potentially obtaining FDA approval for IGC-AD1 as a cannabinoid-based new drug that can help to manage agitation for patients suffering from Alzheimer’s disease. The second prong is to investigate the potential efficacy of TGR-63 on memory and/or decreasing or managing plaques and tangles, some of the hallmarks of Alzheimer’s disease.

Our pipeline of investigational and development cannabinoid formulations also includes pain creams and tinctures for pain relief. We believe that the pharmaceutical component of our Life Sciences strategy will take several more years to mature and involves considerable risk; however, we also believe it may involve greater defensible growth potential and first-to-market advantage.

Although there can be no assurance, we believe that additional investment in clinical trials, research, and development (R&D), facilities, marketing, advertising, and acquisition of complementary products and businesses supporting our Life Sciences segment will be critical to the development and delivery of innovative products and positive patient and customer experiences. We hope to leverage our R&D and intellectual property to develop ground-breaking, science-based products that are proven effective through planned pre-clinical and clinical trials. Although there can be no assurance, we believe this strategy has the potential to improve existing products and lead to the creation of new products, which, based on scientific study and research, may offer positive results for the management of certain conditions, symptoms, and side effects.

While the bulk of our medium and longer-term focus is on clinical trials and getting IGC-AD1 to be an FDA approved drug, our shorter-term strategy, is to use our resources to provide white label services and market Holief™. We believe this may provide us with several profit opportunities, although there can be no assurance of such profit opportunities.

Over-the-Counter Products:

We have created a women’s wellness brand, Holief™ available through online channels that are compliant with relevant federal, state, and local laws, and regulations. Holief™ is an all-natural, non-GMO, vegan, line of over-the-counter (OTC) products aimed at treating menstrual cramps (dysmenorrhea) and premenstrual symptoms (PMS). The products are available online and through Amazon and other online channels. Holief™ is compliant with relevant federal, state, and local laws, and regulations.

Infrastructure Segment

The Company’s infrastructure business has been operating since 2008, it includes: (i) Execution of Construction Contracts and (ii) Rental of Heavy Construction Equipment.

COVID-19 Update

The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting containment measures that have been in effect from time to time in various countries and territories since early 2020 have had a number of substantial negative impacts on businesses around the world and on global, regional, and national economies, including widespread disruptions in supply chains for a wide variety of products and resulting increases in the prices of many goods and services. Currently, our production facilities in all of our locations continue to operate as they had before the COVID-19 pandemic, with few changes other than for enhanced safety measures intended to prevent the spread of the virus.

Some of our ongoing clinical trials experienced short-term interruptions in the recruitment of patients due to the COVID-19 pandemic, as hospitals prioritized their resources towards the COVID-19 pandemic and government imposed travel restrictions. Some clinical trials experienced increased expenses due to new protocols to protect participants from COVID-19. Additionally, certain suppliers had difficulties meeting their delivery commitments, and we are experiencing longer lead times for components. Future shutdowns could have an adverse impact on our operations. However, the extent of the impact of any future shutdown or delay is highly uncertain and difficult to predict.

It is not possible at this time to estimate the complete impact that COVID-19 could have on our business, including our customers and suppliers, as the effects will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. Infections may resurge or become more widespread, including due to new variants and the limitation on our ability to travel and timely sell and distribute our products, as well as any closures or supply disruptions may be prolonged for extended periods, all of which would have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Even after the COVID-19 pandemic has subsided, we may continue to experience an adverse impact on our business due to the continued global economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. We cannot anticipate all of the ways in which health epidemics such as COVID-19 could adversely impact our business. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors” for further discussion of the possible impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business.

The Global Economic Environment

In addition to the industry-specific factors, such as regulations around cannabinoid research, we are exposed to economic cycles. Factors in the global economic environment that may impact our operations include, among other things, currency fluctuations, capital and exchange controls, global economic conditions including inflation, restrictive government actions, changes in intellectual property, legal protections and remedies, trade regulations, tax laws and regulations and procedures and actions affecting approval, production, pricing, and marketing of our products, as well as impacts of political or civil unrest or military action, including the current conflict between Russia and Ukraine, terrorist activity, unstable governments, and legal systems, inter-governmental disputes, public health outbreaks, epidemics, pandemics, natural disasters or disruptions related to climate change.

Operational Excellence

We remain focused on continuing to build excellence broadly in three areas, cannabinoid-based investigations, drug development and product manufacturing, and online marketing. Although there can be no assurance, we believe these will give us a competitive advantage, including building an increasingly agile and adaptable commercialization engine with a strong customer-focused market expertise.

Workplace and Employees

We support broad public health strategies designed to prevent the spread of COVID-19 and are focused on the health and welfare of our employees. We have mobilized to enable our employees to accomplish our most critical goals through a combination of remote work and in-person initiatives. In addition to rolling out new technologies and collaboration tools, we have implemented processes and resources to support our employees in the event an employee receives a positive COVID-19 diagnosis. We have developed plans regarding the opening of our sites to enable our employees to return to work in our global offices, the field, and our manufacturing facilities, which take into account applicable public health authority and local government guidelines, and which are designed to ensure community and employee safety. We are moving to a more flexible mix of virtual and in-person work to advance our culture, drive innovation and agility and enable greater balance and well-being for our workforce.

Research and Development

With respect to our clinical trial activities, we have taken measures to implement remote and virtual approaches, including remote data monitoring where possible, to maintain safety and trial continuity and to preserve study integrity. We have seen delays in initiating trial sites, due to COVID-19. We cannot guarantee that we will continue to perform our trials in a timely and satisfactory manner as a result of the evolving effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. Similarly, our ability to recruit and retain patients and principal investigators, and site staff who, as health care providers, may have heightened exposure to COVID-19 may adversely impact our clinical trial operations.

Fiscal 2023 Highlights

On March 20, 2023, the Company announced the changing of its name to IGC Pharma, Inc. from India Globalization Capital, Inc., as a part of a rebranding strategy that better reflects IGC Pharma’s strategic focus and vision for the future.

On March 8, 2023, the Company filed in USPTO the provisional patent application titled “Composition, Synthesis, and Medical Use of Hybrid Cannabinoid”.

On January 4, 2023, the Company received a No-objection letter from Health Canada for approval to begin its trial in Canada “A, Phase 2, Multi-Center, Double-Blind, Randomized, Placebo-Controlled Trial of the Safety and Efficacy of IGC-AD1 on Agitation in Participants with Dementia due to Alzheimer’s Disease.” 

On December 1, 2022, the Company announced that it had begun its Phase 2 clinical trials “A, Phase 2, Multi-Center, Double-Blind, Randomized, Placebo-Controlled Trial of the Safety and Efficacy of IGC-AD1 on Agitation in Participants with Dementia due to Alzheimer’s Disease” at two U.S. sites with plan to add between three to five additional sites in the United States, Canada, and possibly South Africa, to increase population diversity.

On September 20, 2022, the USPTO granted a second patent (#11,446,276) for the treatment of Alzheimer’s disease titled “Extreme low dose THC as a therapeutic and prophylactic agent for Alzheimer’s disease.” The original patent application was initiated by the University of South Florida (USF) and filed on August 1, 2016. On May 25, 2017, the Company entered into an exclusive license agreement with USF with respect to the patent application and the associated research conducted on Alzheimer’s disease. IGC-AD1, described above, is based on some of this research.

On June 7, 2022, the USPTO issued a patent (#11,351,152) to the Company titled “Method and Composition for Treating Seizures Disorders.” The patent relates to compositions and methods for treating multiple types of seizure disorders and epilepsy in humans and animals using a combination of the CBD with other compounds. Subject to further research and study, the combination is intended to reduce side effects caused by hydantoin anticonvulsant drugs such as phenobarbital, by reducing the dosing of anticonvulsant drugs in humans, dogs, and cats.

Results of Operations

Fiscal 2023 compared to Fiscal 2022

The following table presents an overview of our results of operations for Fiscal 2023 and Fiscal 2022:

Statement of Operations (in thousands, audited)

  

Fiscal

         
  

2023

($)
  

2022

($)
  

Change

($)
  

Percent

Change

 

Revenue

  911   397   514   129 

Cost of revenue

  (469)  (203)  (266)  131 

Gross profit

  442   194   248   128 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  (8,552)  (13,292)  4,740   (36)

Research and development expenses

  (3,461)  (2,330)  (1,131)  49 

Operating loss

  (11,571)  (15,428)  3,857   (25)

Impairment

  -   (49)  49   (100)

Other income, net

  65   461   (396)  (86)

Loss before income taxes

  (11,506)  (15,016)  3,510   (23)

Income tax expense/benefit

  -   -   -   - 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  (11,506)  (15,016)  3,510   (23)

Revenue – During Fiscal 2023, the Company generated approximately $911 thousand in revenue, representing a significant increase from the $397 thousand generated in Fiscal 2022. The primary source of revenue in both years was from the Life Sciences segment, encompassing the sale of our formulations as white labeled manufactured products and sales of branded holistic women’s health care products, among others. The growth can be attributed to higher sales volume driven by increased sales and marketing efforts. The Company implemented robust marketing and sales activities, which contributed to the successful expansion of its customer base and increased demand. Approximately 10%-12% of revenue in both years was derived from the Infrastructure segment. The Company remains committed to its current strategy of driving sales in formulated white labeled and wellness products. By continuing to focus on sales and marketing initiatives, the Company aims to further strengthen its position in the market and drive sustained revenue growth.

Cost of revenue – The cost of revenue amounted to approximately $469 thousand for Fiscal 2023, compared to $203 thousand in Fiscal 2022. This represents a gross margin of about 49% for both years. The cost of revenue is primarily attributable to the cost of raw materials, labor, and other direct overheads required to produce our products in the Life Science segment.

Selling, general and administrative expenses – Selling, general, and administrative (SG&A) expenses primarily encompass various costs such as employee-related expenses, sales commissions, professional fees, legal fees, marketing expenses, other corporate expenses, allocated general overhead, provisions, depreciation, and write-offs related to doubtful accounts and advances. For Fiscal 2023, the Company reported SG&A expenses of approximately $8.5 million, representing a decrease of approximately $4.7 million, or 36%, compared to the $13.2 million recorded in Fiscal 2022. This decline in SG&A expenses are attributable to a reduction in one-time expenses of approximately $4.2 million and a decrease of approximately $500 thousand in compensation, legal and marketing expenses, net realizable value (“NRV”) adjustments, and other SG&A expenses. By effectively managing and reducing these expenses, the Company achieved cost savings during Fiscal 2023.

Research and Development (R&D) expenses – R&D expenses were primarily associated with the Life Sciences segment, reflecting the Company’s investment in R&D activities. In Fiscal 2023, the Company reported R&D expenses of approximately $3.5 million, representing an increase of $1.2 million or 49% compared to approximately $2.3 million in Fiscal 2022. The increase in R&D expenses is primarily attributed to the progression of Phase 2 trials on IGC-AD1 and pre-clinical studies on TGR-63, indicating the Company’s dedication to advancing its product pipeline. As the development of TGR-63 and the Phase 2B trial on Alzheimer’s gain momentum, the Company anticipates further increases in R&D expenses. attributable to the progression of Phase 2 trials on IGC-AD1 and pre-clinical studies on TGR-63. We anticipate increased R&D expenses as the development of TGR-63 and the Phase 2B trial on Alzheimer’s pick up more momentum.

Impairment loss – During Fiscal 2023, there was no investment impairment. In Fiscal 2022, there was an impairment of approximately $49 thousand, which was attributed to the cancelation of 44 thousand shares of IGC common stock.

Other Income, net – During Fiscal 2023, the Company reported approximately $65 thousand in other income, which represents a decrease compared to the $461 thousand recorded in Fiscal 2022. The decrease in other income for Fiscal 2023 can be primarily attributed to the absence of a one-time forgiveness of the PPP (Paycheck Protection Program) loan, which amounted to approximately $430 thousand in Fiscal 2022. The component of other income typically includes interest and rental income, dividend income, profits from the sale of assets, unrealized gains from non-debt investments, net income, and income from the sale of scraps. These sources contribute to the overall other income generated by the Company.

Liquidity and capital resources

Our sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents, funds raised through the ATM offering, cash flows from operations, short-term and long-term borrowings, and short-term liquidity arrangements. The Company continues to evaluate various financing sources and options to raise working capital to help fund current research and development programs and operations. The Company does not have any material long-term debt, capital lease obligations, or other long-term liabilities, except as disclosed in this report. Please refer to Note 12, “Commitments and contingencies”, Note 11, “Loans and Other Liabilities” and Note 9, “Leases” in Item 1 of this report for further information on Company commitments and contractual obligations.

On June 30, 2023, the Company successfully obtained a working capital credit facility totaling $12 million and in addition sold 10,000,000 shares for $3,000,000. The equity and the credit facility serve to minimize ongoing liquidity requirements and ensure the Company’s ability to sustain its operations. Furthermore, the Company intends to raise additional funds through private placement and ATM offerings, subject to market conditions.

The Company expects to raise capital for its trials as and when it is able to do so, but there can be no assurance thereof. In addition, there can be no assurance of the terms thereof and any subsequent equity financing sought may have dilutive effects on our current shareholders. While there is no guarantee that we will be successful, we are applying to non-dilutive funding opportunities such as Small Business Research and Development programs. In addition, subject to limitations on the amount of capital that can be raised, the Company expects to utilize its shelf registration on statement on Form S-3 to raise capital through at-the-market offerings or otherwise.

Please refer to Item 1A. “Risk Factors” for further information on the risks related to the Company.

  

(in thousands, audited)

         
                 
  

As of

March 31, 2023

($)

  

As of

March 31, 2022

($)

  

Change

($)

  

Percent

Change

 

Cash, cash equivalents

  3,196   10,460   (7,264)  (69

)%

Working capital

  4,568   12,670   (8,102)  (64

)%

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents decreased by approximately $7.3 million to $3.2 million in Fiscal 2023 from $10.5 million in Fiscal 2022, a decrease of approximately 69% is discussed in the summary of cash flows, as follows:

  

(in thousands, audited)

         
                 
  

Fiscal

         
  

2023

($)
  

2022

($)
  

Change

($)
  

Percent

Change

 

Cash used in operating activities

  (7,047)  (7,462)  415   (6

)%

Cash used in investing activities

  (235)  (742)  507   (68

)%

Cash provided by financing activities

  100   4,142   (4,042)  (98

)%

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

  (82)  (26)  (56)  215

%

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

  (7,264)  (4,088)  (3,176)  78

%

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

  10,460   14,548   (4,088)  (28

)%

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

  3,196   10,460   (7,264)  (69)%

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities for Fiscal 2023 was approximately $7 million. It consists of a net loss of approximately $11.5 million, a positive impact on cash due to non-cash expenses of approximately $3.7 million, and changes in operating assets and liabilities of approximately $0.8 million. Non-cash expenses consist of an amortization and depreciation charge of approximately $0.7 million, stock-based expenses of approximately $2.8 million and other non-cash expenses of approximately $0.2 million. In addition, changes in operating assets and liabilities had a positive impact of approximately $0.8 million on cash, of which approximately $0.9 million is due to an adjustment in inventory and approximately $0.1 million decrease in other net current assets and liabilities.

Net cash used in operating activities for Fiscal 2022 was approximately $7.5 million. It consists of a net loss of approximately $15 million, a positive impact on cash due to non-cash expenses of approximately $5 million, and changes in operating assets and liabilities of approximately $2.5 million. Non-cash expenses consist of an amortization/depreciation charge of approximately $0.6 million, impairment of investment of $0.1 million, provision against debtor & advances of $1.7 million, stock-based expenses of approximately $2.2 million, and a one-time impairment of PPE of $0.8 million and an offset of $0.4 million due to the forgiveness of a PPP Loan. In addition, changes in operating assets and liabilities had a positive impact of approximately $2.5 million in cash, of which approximately $1.9 million is due to an adjustment in inventory and an approximately $0.6 million increase in accounts payable.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for Fiscal 2023, was approximately $0.2 million, which comprises approximately $0.3 million for the acquisition and filing expenses related to intellectual property, approximately $0.2 million for the purchase of property, plant, and equipment and approximately $0.1 million of a short-term investment.

Net cash used in investing activities for Fiscal 2022, was approximately $0.7 million, which comprises approximately $0.5 million for the acquisition and filing expenses related to intellectual property, approximately $0.2 million for the purchase of property, plant, and equipment.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was approximately $0.1 million for Fiscal 2023, which comprises net proceeds from issuance of equity stock through the ATM offering, net of all expenses related to the issuance of stock.

Net cash provided by financing activities was approximately $4.1 million for Fiscal 2022, which comprises net proceeds from issuance of equity stock through the ATM offering, net of all expenses related to the issuance of stock.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. GAAP and the Company’s discussion and analysis of its financial condition and operating results require the Company’s management to make judgments, assumptions, and estimates that affect the amounts reported in its consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience, as appropriate, and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates, and such differences may be material.

Management believes that the following accounting policies are the most critical to understanding and evaluating our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue under ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASC 606). The core principle of this standard is that a company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

ASC 606 prescribes a 5-step process to achieve its core principle. The Company recognizes revenue from trading, rental, or product sales as follows:

I. Identify the contract with the customer.

II. Identify the contractual performance obligations.

III. Determine the amount of consideration/price for the transaction.

IV. Allocate the determined amount of consideration/price to the performance obligations.

V. Recognize revenue when or as the performing party satisfies performance obligations.

The consideration/price for the transaction (performance obligation(s)) is determined as per the agreement or invoice (contract) for the services and products in the Infrastructure and Life Sciences segment.

Revenue in the Infrastructure segment is recognized for the renting business when the equipment is rented, and the terms of the agreement have been fulfilled during the period. Revenue from the execution of infrastructure contracts is recognized on the basis of the output method as and when part of the performance obligation has been completed and approval from the contracting agency has been obtained after survey of the performance completion as of that date. In the Life Sciences segment, the revenue from the wellness and lifestyle business is recognized once goods have been sold to the customer and the performance obligation has been completed. In retail sales, we offer consumer products through our online stores. Revenue is recognized when control of the goods is transferred to the customer. This generally occurs upon our delivery to a third-party carrier or to the customer directly. Revenue from white label services is recognized when the performance obligation has been completed and output material has been transferred to the customer.

Net sales disaggregated by significant products and services for Fiscal 2023 and 2022 are as follows:

  

(in thousands)

Year Ended March 31

 
  

2023

($)
  

2022

($)
 

Infrastructure segment

        

Rental income (1)

  37   23 

Construction contracts (2)

  76   15 
         

Life Sciences segment

        

Wellness and lifestyle (3)

  416   316 

White label services (4)

  382   43 

Total

  911   397 

(1) Rental income consists of income from rental of heavy construction equipment.

(2) Construction income consists of the execution of contracts directly or through subcontractors.

(3) Revenue from wellness and lifestyle consists of sale of products such as gummies, hand sanitizers, bath bombs, lotions, beverages, hemp crude extract, hemp isolate, and hemp distillate.

(4) Revenue from white label services consists of rebranding our formulations or the customer’s products as per customer’s requirement.

Accounts receivable

We make estimates of the collectability of our accounts receivable by analyzing historical payment patterns, customer concentrations, customer creditworthiness, and current economic trends. If the financial condition of a customer deteriorates, additional allowances may be required. We had $107 thousand of accounts receivable, net of provision for the doubtful debt of $17 thousand as of March 31, 2023, as compared to $125 thousand of accounts receivable, net of provision for the doubtful debt of $93 thousand as of March 31, 2022.

Short-term and long-term investments

Our policy for short-term and long-term investments is to establish a high-quality portfolio that preserves principal, meets liquidity needs, avoids inappropriate concentrations, and delivers an appropriate yield in relation to our investment guidelines and market conditions. Short-term and long-term investments consist of equity investment, mutual funds, corporate, various government securities, and municipal debt securities, as well as certificates of deposit. Certificates of deposit and commercial paper are carried at cost which approximates fair value. Available-for-sale securities: Investments in debt securities that are classified as available for sale shall be measured subsequently at fair value in the statement of financial position.

Investments are initially measured at cost, which is the fair value of the consideration given for them, including transaction costs. Where the Company’s ownership interest is in excess of 20% and the Company has a significant influence, the Company has accounted for the investment based on the equity method in accordance with ASC Topic 323, “Investments – Equity method and Joint Ventures.” Under the equity method, the Company’s share of the post-acquisition profits or losses of the equity investee is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and its share of post-acquisition movements in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) is recognized in other comprehensive income/(loss). Where the Company does not have significant influence, the Company has accounted for the investment in accordance with ASC Topic 321, “Investments-Equity Securities.”

We consider all highly liquid interest-earning investments with a maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. The fair values of these investments approximate their carrying values. In general, investments with original maturities of greater than three months and remaining maturities of less than one year are classified as short-term investments. Investments with maturities beyond one year may be classified as short-term based on their highly liquid nature and because such marketable securities represent the investment of cash that is available for current operations.

Debt investments are classified as available-for-sale and realized gains and losses are recorded using the specific identification method. Changes in fair value, excluding credit losses and impairments, are recorded in other comprehensive income. Fair value is calculated based on publicly available market information or other estimates determined by management. If the cost of an investment exceeds its fair value, we evaluate, among other factors, general market conditions, credit quality of debt instrument issuers, and the extent to which the fair value is less than the cost. To determine credit losses, we employ a systematic methodology that considers available quantitative and qualitative evidence. In addition, we consider specific adverse conditions related to the financial health of, and business outlook for, the investee. If we have plans to sell the security or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery, then a decline in fair value below cost is recorded as an impairment charge in other income (expense), net and a new cost basis in the investment is established. If market, industry, and/or investee conditions deteriorate, we may incur future impairments.

Equity investments with readily determinable fair values are measured at fair value. Equity investments without readily determinable fair values are measured using the equity method or measured at cost with adjustments for observable changes in price or impairments (referred to as the measurement alternative). We perform a qualitative assessment on a periodic basis and recognize an impairment if there are sufficient indicators that the fair value of the investment is less than the carrying value. Changes in value are recorded in other income (expense), net.

As of March 31, 2023, the Company has approximately $154 thousand in short-term investments.

Impairment

The Company regularly reviews its investment portfolio to determine if any security is other-than-temporarily impaired, which would require the Company to record an impairment charge in the period any such determination is made. In making this determination, the Company evaluates, among other things, the duration and extent to which the fair value of a security is less than its cost; the financial condition of the issuer and any changes thereto; and the Company’s intent to sell, or whether it will more likely than not be required to sell, the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. The Company’s assessment of whether a security is other-than-temporarily impaired could change in the future due to new developments or changes in assumptions related to any particular security, which would have an adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition and operating results. The estimated amount of liability is based on the information available to us with respect to bank debt and other borrowings. During Fiscal 2023, there was no impairment and Fiscal 2022, the Company impaired investments of approximately $49 thousand, respectively.

Inventory

Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value, which is defined as estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation.

Inventory consists of finished goods related to wellness products, hand sanitizers, finished hemp-based products, beverages. Work-and in-progress consist of products in the manufacturing process as on reporting date, including but not limited to primary cost. Inventory is primarily accounted for using the weighted average cost method. Primary costs include raw materials, packaging, direct labor, overhead, shipping, and the depreciation of manufacturing equipment. Manufacturing overhead and related expenses include salaries, wages, employee benefits, utilities, maintenance, and property taxes.

We capitalize inventory costs related to our investigational drug, provided that management determines there is a potential alternative use for the inventory in future research and development projects or other purposes. As of March 31, 2023, and 2022, our consolidated balance sheet reported approximately $407 thousand and no clinical trial related inventory, respectively.

Abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, scrap, discontinued products and wasted material (spoilage) are expensed in the period they are incurred.

Please refer to Note 3, “Inventory,” for further information.

Stock-Based compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation to employees and non-employees in conformity with the provisions of ASC Topic 718, “Stock-Based Compensation.” The Company expenses stock-based compensation to employees over the requisite vesting period based on the estimated grant-date fair value of the awards. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur. Stock-based awards are recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite vesting period. For stock-based employee compensation the cost recognized at any date will be at least equal to the amount attributable to the share-based compensation that is vested at that date.

For performance-based awards, stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the expected performance achievement period of individual performance milestones when the achievement of each individual performance milestone becomes probable by best of management estimate. For performance-based awards with a vesting schedule based entirely on the attainment of performance conditions, stock-based compensation expense associated with each tranche is recognized over the expected achievement period for the operational milestone, beginning at the point in time when the relevant operational milestone is considered probable to be achieved.

For market-based awards, stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the expected achievement period. The fair value of such awards is estimated on the grant date using binomial lattice model.

The Company estimates the fair value of stock option grants using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent Management’s best estimates. Generally, the closing share price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant is considered the fair value of the share. The volatility factor is determined based on the Company’s historical stock prices. The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends. For further information, refer to Note 14, “Stock-Based Compensation” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statements and tax base of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. The Company has incurred net operating loss for financial-reporting and tax-reporting purposes. Accordingly, for Federal and State income tax purposes, the benefit for income taxes has been offset entirely by a valuation allowance against the related federal, state, and foreign deferred tax assets.

Foreign currency translation

IGC operates in India, U.S., Colombia, and Hong Kong, and a substantial portion of the Company’s financials are denominated in the Indian Rupee (“INR”), the Hong Kong Dollar (“HKD”), or the Colombian Peso (“COP”). As a result, changes in the relative values of the U.S. Dollar (“USD”), the INR, the HKD, or the COP affect financial statements.

The accompanying financial statements are reported in USD. The INR, HKD, and COP are the functional currencies for certain subsidiaries of the Company. The translation of the functional currencies into U.S. dollars is performed for assets and liabilities using the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and for revenues and expenses using average exchange rates prevailing during the reporting periods. Adjustments resulting from the translation of functional currency financial statements to reporting currency are accumulated and reported as other comprehensive income/(loss), a separate component of shareholders’ equity. Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency during the year are converted into the functional currency at the applicable rates of exchange prevailing when the transactions occurred. Transaction gains and losses are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. The exchange rates used for translation purposes are as follows:

 

 

 

 

Period End Average Rate

 

 

 

Period End Rate

Period

 

 

 

(P&L rate)

 

 

 

(Balance sheet rate)

Year ended March 31, 2023

 

INR

 

 

80.32

 

Per

USD

 

INR

 

 

82.18

 

Per

USD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HKD

 

 

7.8

 

Per

USD

 

HKD

 

 

7.8

 

Per

USD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COP

 

 

4,465

 

Per

USD

 

COP

 

 

4,645

 

Per

USD

Year ended March 31, 2022

 

INR

 

 

74.50

 

Per

USD

 

INR

 

 

75.91

 

Per

USD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HKD

 

 

7.78

 

Per

USD

 

HKD

 

 

7.83

 

Per

USD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COP

 

 

3,830

 

Per

USD

 

COP

 

 

3,748

 

Per

USD

Cybersecurity

We have a cybersecurity policy in place and have implemented tighter cybersecurity measures to safeguard against hackers. Complying with these security measures and compliances is expected to incur further expenses. In Fiscal 2023 and Fiscal 2022, there were no known or detected breaches in cybersecurity.

Recently issued and adopted accounting pronouncements

Changes to U.S. GAAP are established by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) in the form of accounting standards updates (ASUs) to the FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification. The Company considers the applicability and impact of all ASUs. Newly issued ASUs not listed are expected to have no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations, because either the ASU is not applicable, or the impact is expected to be immaterial. Recent accounting pronouncements which may be applicable to us are described in Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies” in our Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein in Part II, Item 8.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We do not have any outstanding derivative financial instruments, off-balance sheet guarantees, interest rate swap transactions or foreign currency forward contracts. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity, or market risk support to such entity. We do not have any variable interest in an unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or that engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us.

Item 6 does not apply to us because we are a smaller reporting company.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis apply to Fiscal 2020 that ends on March 31, 2020, and Fiscal 2019 that ends on March 31, 2019. These statements should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes that appear elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In addition to historical information, this report contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties that may cause our actual results to differ materially from plans and results discussed in forward-looking statements. We encourage you to review the risks and uncertainties discussed in the sections entitled Item 1A. “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” included at the beginning of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The risks and uncertainties can cause actual results to differ significantly from those in our forward-looking statements or implied in historical results and trends. We caution readers not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements made by us, which speak only as of the date they are made. We disclaim any obligation, except as specifically required by law and the rules of the SEC, to publicly update or revise any such statements to reflect any change in our expectations or in events, conditions, or circumstances on which any such statements may be based, or that may affect the likelihood that actual results will differ from those set forth in the forward-looking statements.

Overview

Our primary source of revenue in Fiscal 2020 and 2019, is from our Infrastructure segment. In Fiscal 2020, we significantly reduced the buying and selling of construction materials in Hong Kong because of what we believe to be a slow-down in the Hong Kong economy due, in part, to widespread protests, along with the spread of COVID-19. The Company’s Infrastructure segment, involves:

(i)

Execution of Construction Contracts – The Company is executing a road building contract in Kerala, India valued initially at approximately $0.6 million. Throughout Fiscal 2020, the Company worked on execution of the contract as well as sought approval for an expansion of the contract. The total value of the contract was increased to approximately $1.1 million. The Company estimates that it will take between 12 and 15 months to complete the work. Work on this project has been temporarily suspended due to COVID-19. We expect to re-start the project in second quarter of Fiscal 2021.

(ii)

Purchase and Resale of Physical Commodities Used in Infrastructure – This business line includes the purchase and resale of commodities, including steel, wooden doors, marble, and tiles, among others. This work has been adversely affected due to COVID-19.

(iii)

Rental of Heavy Construction Equipment – We own heavy construction equipment such as motor grader, transit mixers and rollers, that we rent to construction contractors. This business is seasonal and had minimal revenue during Fiscal 2020.

Our second segment, Life Sciences, includes a biotech component, and a vertically integrated hemp-cannabinoid based healthcare and wellness business, which involves:

(i)

development of potential new drugs, subject to applicable regulatory approvals, that use ultra-low doses of phytocannabinoids including cannabidiol (CBD), cannabigerol (CBG), and tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), among others, in combination with other compounds, believed to assist in the treatment of diseases like Alzheimer’s,

(ii)

several CBD-based products and brands, in various stages of development, for sale online and/or through stores,

(iii)

wholesale of hemp extracts including hemp crude extract, and hemp isolate, among others,

(iv)

hemp growing and processing facilities,

(v)

white labeling of hemp-based products, and

(vi)

the offering of tolling services like extraction and distillation to hemp-farmers and retailers.

Since the legal industrial hemp industry remains relatively new, during Fiscal 2020, the Company focused on setting up facilities for long-term expansion of its Life Sciences segment. The Company filed an Investigative New Drug Application (INDA) with the FDA for a double-blind, placebo-controlled, 100-person trial, for its proprietary patent pending formulation based on IGC-AD1 and established an approximately $0.5 million facility in San Juan, Puerto Rico to conduct the trial. The Company also established an approximately $2.4 million facility it intends to qualify as a Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP)-certified processing facility in the State of Washington for: a) production of products such as lotions, creams, and oils, among others, to support our products and to support white labeling; b) extraction of hemp into crude oil; and c) distillation of crude oil into hemp extracts. The crop that was grown in Arizona, passed inspection by the Arizona Department of Agriculture (AZDA) with the harvest certified as legal under the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) rules.

The Company operates both segments in compliance with applicable state, national, and local laws, and regulations and only in locations and regions where it is legal to do so.

Further information on the Company highlights in Fiscal 2020 can be found in Item 1, “Fiscal 2020 Highlights”.

Results of Operations

Fiscal 2020 compared to Fiscal 2019

The following table presents an overview of our results of operations for Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019:

Statement of Operations (in thousands, audited)

  

Fiscal

         
  

2020

($)

  

2019

($)

  

Change

($)

  

Percent

Change

 

Revenue

  4,072   5,116   (1,044)  (20

)%

Cost of revenue

  (3,957)  (4,984)  (1,027)  (21

)%

Gross Profit

  115   132   (17)  (13)%

General and administrative expenses

  (5,968)  (3,519)  (2,449)  70

%

Research and development expenses

  (1,011)  (1,256)  (245)  (20

)%

Operating loss

  (6,864)  (4,643)  (2,221)  48

%

Impairment loss

  (782)  -   (782)  100

%

Other income, net

  331   548   (217)  (40

)%

Loss before income taxes

  (7,315)  (4,095)  (3,220)  79

%

Tax expense

  -   (2)  2   100

%

Net Loss

  (7,315)  (4,097)  (3,218)  79

%

Revenue – Revenue was primarily derived from our Infrastructure segment in both Fiscal 2020 and 2019. Revenue was approximately $4,072 thousand and $5,116 thousand, for Fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively, representing a decline of $1,044 thousand or 20%. This decrease in revenue is attributed to a decrease in the infrastructure business, especially in the last quarter of Fiscal 2020 due to the outbreak of COVID-19 and the slowing down of the Hong Kong economy as a result of widespread protests. We have limited visibility on when the infrastructure business will normalize and expect a significant decrease in revenue from the infrastructure business until operations resume following the COVID-19 pandemic.

Cost of revenue – Cost of revenue amounted to approximately $3,957 thousand for Fiscal 2020, compared to $4,984 thousand in Fiscal 2019, a decrease of approximately $1,027 thousand or 21%. This decrease in cost of revenue is attributable to a decrease in our Infrastructure businesses in the last quarter of Fiscal 2020 due to the outbreak of COVID-19 and the slowing down on the Hong Kong economy as a result of the widespread protests.

General and administrative expenses – General and administrative expenses consist primarily of employee-related expenses, professional fees, legal fees, marketing, other corporate expenses, allocated general overhead and provisions, depreciation and write-offs relating to doubtful accounts and advances, if any. General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $2,449 thousand or 70% to $5,968 thousand for Fiscal 2020, from $3,519 thousand for Fiscal 2019. The increase of $2,449 thousand is attributed largely to legal and professional fees that amounted to approximately $0.8 million, and approximately $0.9 million compensation expenses attributed to increased head count and associated employee-related expenses. In addition, we had approximately $754 thousand of non-cash expenses and $150 thousand provision for advance in Fiscal 2020.

Research and Development expenses – R&D expenses were attributed to our Life Sciences segment. The R&D expenses decreased approximately $245 thousand or 20%, to $1,011 thousand for Fiscal 2020, compared to $1,256 thousand for Fiscal 2019. The cost associated with this work is mostly research comprising of plant extracts that could be productized and data to support the efficacy of the extracts, including running FDA trials, product research, designing, formulating and market analysis. All research and development costs are expensed in the quarter in which they are incurred. The decrease is attributed to a slowdown of R&D activity in the last quarter of Fiscal 2020 due to COVID-19.

Impairment loss – Pursuant to the December 18, 2014 Purchase Agreement with Apogee, we issued Apogee 1.2 million shares of IGC’s common stock valued at $888 thousand for the purchase of a 24.9% ownership interest in Midtown Partners & Co., LLC (“MTP”). During Fiscal 2018, after considering several factors, the Company concluded that it no longer had significant influence over MTP and hence maintained the same value of investment of approximately $773 thousand. During Fiscal 2020, the Company decided to impair this investment. The Company still owns 24.9% ownership in MTP as on March 31, 2020.

Other Income, net – Other net income decreased by approximately $217 thousand or 40% during Fiscal 2020. The total other income for Fiscal 2020 and 2019 is approximately $331 thousand and $548 thousand, respectively. The major decrease is due to a one-off $300 thousand gain on the settlement of a note payable in Fiscal 2019. In Fiscal 2020, such amount includes interest income, rental income and approximately $84 thousand dividend income from marketable securities, net.

Liquidity and capital resources

Our sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from operations, short-term borrowings, and short-term liquidity arrangements. The Company continues to evaluate various financing sources and options to raise working capital to help fund current research and development programs and operations. The Company does not have any material long-term debt, capital lease obligations or other long-term liabilities, except as disclosed in this report. Please refer to Note 12, “Commitments and contingencies” and Note 9, “Leases” in Item 8 of this report for further information on Company commitments and contractual obligations.

The Company believes its existing balances of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and other short-term liquidity arrangements, will be sufficient to satisfy its working capital needs, capital asset purchases, share repurchases, debt repayments, investments and other liquidity requirements, if any, associated with its existing operations over the next 12 months. Management is actively monitoring the impact of COVID-19 on its financial condition, liquidity, operations, suppliers, industry, and workforce. Please refer to Item 1A. “Risk Factors” for further information on the risks related to the Company.

This liquidity and capital resources discussion compares the audited consolidated Company financials.

  

(in thousands, audited)

         
                 
  

As of

March 31, 2020

($)

  

As of

March 31, 2019

($)

  

Change

  

Percent Change

 

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

  7,258   25,610   (18,352)  (72

)%

Working capital

  15,811   25,845   (10,034)  (39

)%

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents decreased by approximately $18,352 thousand to $7,258 thousand in Fiscal 2020, from $25,610 thousand in Fiscal 2019, a decrease of approximately 72%.

The major decrease was due to investments of approximately $5,081 thousand in marketable securities, $4,389 thousand in purchase of property, plant and equipment, and $3,998 thousand in inventory.

Summary of Cash flows

  

(in thousands, audited)

         
                 
  

Fiscal

         
  

2020

  

2019

  

Change

  

Percent Change

 

Cash used in operating activities

  (8,677

)

  (3,330

)

  (5,347

)

  161

%

Cash used in investing activities

  (9,547

)

  (260

)

  (9,287

)

  3,572

%

Cash provided by/ (used in) financing activities

  (59

)

  27,598   (27,657

)

  (100

)%

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

  (69

)

  (56

)

  13   (23

)%

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  (18,352

)

  23,952   (42,304

)

  (177

)%

Cash and Cash Equivalents at the beginning of period

  25,610   1,658   23,952   1,445

%

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

  7,258   25,610   (18,352

)

  (72

)%

Operating Activities

Net cash used for operating activities for Fiscal 2020 was $8.7 million. This consists of a net loss of $7.3 million and  non-cash items totaling $1.7 million, which in turn consist of an amortization/depreciation charge of $144 thousand, impairment loss of $782 thousand, and stock-based expenses totaling $770 thousand. Changes in operating assets and liabilities had a negative impact of $3,058 thousand on cash of which $3,998 was due to increase in inventory.

Net cash used for operating activities for Fiscal 2019 was $3.3 million. This consists of a net loss of $4.1 million and non-cash items totaling $387 thousand, which in turn consist of an amortization/depreciation charge of $59 thousand, one-time settlement gain of $300 thousand, and stock-based expenses totaling $610 thousand. Changes in operating assets and liabilities had a positive impact of $380 thousand on cash.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities during Fiscal 2020 was $9.5 million which is comprised of approximately $77 thousand for the acquisition and filing expenses related to patents and trademarks, purchase of property, plant and equipment of $4,389 thousand and investments of approximately $5,081 thousand in marketable securities.

Net cash used in investing activities during Fiscal 2019 was $260 thousand which is comprised of approximately $45 thousand for the acquisition of the patent from the University of South Florida, purchase of property, plant and equipment of $15 thousand and a loan for the procurement of equipment in the amount of $200 thousand at an interest rate of 3 percent per annum.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $59 thousand during Fiscal 2020, consisting of $18 thousand from the exercise of share options, and the $77 thousand share related expenses.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $27.6 million during Fiscal 2019, consisting of $29.5 million received net from the sale of common shares through the Company’s public offering and private placement program, offsetting the payment of $1.9 million of payment of outstanding loans.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. GAAP and the Company’s discussion and analysis of its financial condition and operating results require the Company’s management to make judgments, assumptions, and estimates that affect the amounts reported in its consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience, as appropriate, and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates, and such differences may be material.

Management believes that the following accounting policies are the most critical to understanding and evaluating our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue under ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASC 606). The core principle of this standard is that a company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

ASC 606 prescribes a 5-step process to achieve its core principle. The Company recognizes revenue from trading, rental, or product sales as follows:

I.    Identify the contract with the customer

II.   Identify the contractual performance obligations

III.  Determine the amount of consideration/price for the transaction

IV.  Allocate the determined amount of consideration/price to the performance obligations

V.   Recognize revenue when or as the performing party satisfies performance obligations.

The consideration/price for the transaction (performance obligation(s)) is determined as per the agreement or invoice (contract) for the services and products in the Infrastructure and Life Sciences segment.

Revenue in the Infrastructure Business is recognized for the renting business when the equipment is rented, and terms of the agreement has been fulfilled during the period. The revenue from the purchase and resale of physical infrastructure commodities is recognized once the bill of lading along with the invoice have been transferred to the customer. Revenue from the execution of infrastructure contracts is recognized on the basis of output method as and when part of the performance obligation has been completed and approval from the contracting agency has been obtained after survey of the performance completion as of that date. In the Life Sciences segment, the revenue from the wellness and lifestyle business is recognized once goods have been sold to the customer and the performance obligation has been completed. We license our products to processors. The royalty income is recognized once goods have been sold to its customer by the processor.

Net sales disaggregated by significant products and services for Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019 were as follows (in thousands):

  

Year Ended March 31,

 
  

2020

($)

  

2019

($)

 

Infrastructure segment

        

Rental income (1)

  7   30 

Construction contracts (2)

  101   - 

Purchase and resale of physical commodities (3)

  3,553   5,061 
         

Life Sciences segment

        

Wellness and Lifestyle (4)

  386   25 

Tolling/White labeling service (5)

  25   - 

Total

  4,072   5,116 

(1) Rental income consists of income from rental of heavy construction equipment.

(2) Construction income stems from the execution of contracts either directly or as a subcontractor. There was revenue of $101 thousand from the $1.1 million NHAI construction contract during Fiscal 2020. The Company expects to complete the project 12 and 15 months.

(3) Relates to the income from purchase and resale of physical commodities used in infrastructure, like steel, wooden doors, marble, and tiles.

(4) Relates to revenue from Life Sciences segment such as sale of hemp crude extract, hemp isolate, and hemp distillate and royalty income from sale of Hyalolex™, now named Hyalolex™ Drops of Clarity™.

(5) Relates to income from tolling services.

Accounts receivable

We make estimates of the collectability of our accounts receivable by analyzing historical payment patterns, customer concentrations, customer creditworthiness, and current economic trends. If the financial condition of a customer deteriorates, additional allowances may be required. We had $133 thousand of accounts receivable, net of provision, for doubtful debt of $9 thousand as of March 31, 2020 as compared to $84 thousand, net of provision, for doubtful debt of $6 thousand as of March 31, 2019.

Short-term and long-term investments

Our policy for short-term and long-term investments is to establish a high-quality portfolio that preserves principal, meets liquidity needs, avoids inappropriate concentrations, and delivers an appropriate yield in relationship to our investment guidelines and market conditions. Short-term and long-term investments consist of corporate, various government agency and municipal debt securities, as well as certificates of deposit that have maturity dates that are greater than 90 days. Certificates of deposit and commercial paper are carried at cost which approximates fair value. Available-for-sale securities: Investments in debt securities that are classified as available for sale shall be measured subsequently at fair value in the statement of financial position. Unrealized holding gains and losses for available-for-sale securities (including those classified as current assets) shall be excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income until realized except as indicated in the following sentence. All or a portion of the unrealized holding gain and loss of an available-for sale security that is designated as being hedged in a fair value hedge shall be recognized in earnings during the period of the hedge, pursuant to paragraphs 815-25-35-1 through 35-4.

Investments are initially measured at cost, which is the fair value of the consideration given for them, including transaction costs. Where the Company’s ownership interest is in excess of 20% and the Company enjoys significant interest, the Company has accounted for the investment based on the equity method in accordance with ASC 323, “Investments – Equity method and Joint Ventures”. Under the equity method, the Company’s share of the post-acquisition profits or losses of the equity investee is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and its share of post-acquisition movements in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). Where the Company does not have significant influence, the Company has accounted for the investment in accordance with ASC Topic 321 “Investments-Equity Securities”.

Impairment of investment

The Company regularly reviews its investment portfolio to determine if any security is other-than-temporarily impaired, which would require the Company to record an impairment charge in the period any such determination is made. In making this determination, the Company evaluates, among other things, the duration and extent to which the fair value of a security is less than its cost; the financial condition of the issuer and any changes thereto; and the Company’s intent to sell, or whether it will more likely than not be required to sell, the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. The Company’s assessment of whether a security is other-than-temporarily impaired could change in the future due to new developments or changes in assumptions related to any particular security, which would have an adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition and operating results. The estimated amount of liability is based on the information available with us with respect of bank debt and other borrowings. During Fiscal 2020 the Company impaired investments of $782 thousand.

Change in inventory valuation method

On April 1, 2019, the Company changed its methodology for the valuation of inventory from first-in-first-out to weighted average cost method, because the newly adopted accounting principle is preferable in the circumstances because the weighted average cost method of accounting for all inventories will improve financial reporting by better matching revenues and expenses and better reflecting the current value of inventory. The change did not impact the financial statements for the prior years.

Inventory

Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value, net realizable value defined as estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation.

Inventory consists of raw materials, finished goods and work-in-progress such as extracted crude oil, CBD isolate, growing crops, crude oil, herbal oils, among others. Work-in-progress also includes product manufacturing in process, costs of growing hemp, in accordance with applicable laws and regulations including but not limited to labor, utilities, fertilizers and irrigation. Inventory is primarily accounted for using the weighted average cost method. Primary costs include raw materials, packaging, direct labor, overhead, shipping and the depreciation of manufacturing equipment. Manufacturing overhead and related expenses include salaries, wages, employee benefits, utilities, maintenance, and property taxes.

Harvested crops are measured at net realizable value, with changes recognized in profit or loss only when the harvested crop:

-     has a reliable, readily determinable, and realizable market value;

-     has relatively insignificant and predictable costs of disposal; and

-     is available for immediate delivery.

The Company believes its harvested crops does not have a readily available market. Hence, the Company values its harvested crops at cost.

Stock-based compensation

Stock-based compensation expense is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award. The cost is recognized as expense ratably over the employee’s requisite service period or vesting period, which is generally up to one or three years, on a straight-line basis. We account for forfeitures when they occur. Equity awards issued to non-employees are recorded at their fair value on the grant date as they are immediately exercisable and not forfeitable at the date of grant. For further information refer to Note-15 “Stock-Based Compensation”.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statements and tax base of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. The Company has incurred net operating loss for financial-reporting and tax-reporting purposes. Accordingly, for Federal and State income tax purposes, the benefit for income taxes has been offset entirely by a valuation allowance against the related federal, state, and foreign deferred tax assets.

Foreign currency translation

IGC operates in India, U.S., Colombia and Hong Kong and a substantial portion of the Company’s financials are denominated in the Indian Rupee (INR), the Hong Kong Dollar (HKD) or the Colombian Peso (COP). As a result, changes in the relative values of the U.S. Dollar (USD), the INR, the HKD or the COP affect financial statements.

The accompanying financial statements are reported in USD. The INR, HKD and COP are the functional currencies for certain subsidiaries of the Company. The translation of the functional currencies into U.S. dollars is performed for assets and liabilities using the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and for revenues and expenses using average exchange rates prevailing during the reporting periods. Adjustments resulting from the translation of functional currency financial statements to reporting currency are accumulated and reported as other comprehensive income/(loss), a separate component of shareholders’ equity. Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency during the year are converted into the functional currency at the applicable rates of exchange prevailing when the transactions occurred. Transaction gains and losses are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. The exchange rates used for translation purposes are as follows:

    

Period End Average Rate

   

Period End Rate

Period

   

(P&L rate)

   

(Balance sheet rate)

Year ended March 31, 2020

 

INR

  70.96 

Per

USD

 

INR

  74.74 

Per

USD

                 
  

HKD

  7.82 

Per

USD

 

HKD

  7.75 

Per

USD

                 
  

COP

  3,383,60 

Per

USD

 

COP

  4,060 

Per

USD

Year ended March 31, 2019

 

INR

  70.04 

Per

USD

 

INR

  69.16 

Per

USD

                 
  

HKD

  7.84 

Per

USD

 

HKD

  7.85 

Per

USD

                 
  

COP

  3,033.19 

Per

USD

 

COP

  3,188.62 

Per

USD

Cybersecurity

We have a cybersecurity policy in place and have implemented tighter cybersecurity measures to safeguard against hackers. Complying with these security measures and compliances is expected to incur further expenses. In Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, there were no known or detected breaches in cybersecurity.

Recently issued and adopted accounting pronouncements

Changes to U.S. GAAP are established by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) in the form of accounting standards updates (ASUs) to the FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification. The Company considers the applicability and impact of all ASUs. Newly issued ASUs not listed are expected to have no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations, because either the ASU is not applicable, or the impact is expected to be immaterial. Recent accounting pronouncements which may be applicable to us are described in “Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies” in our Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein in Part II, Item 8.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We do not have any outstanding derivative financial instruments, off-balance sheet guarantees, interest rate swap transactions or foreign currency forward contracts. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity, or market risk support to such entity. We do not have any variable interest in an unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or that engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us. 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Item 7A does not apply to us because we are a smaller reporting company.

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms (PCAOB ID 5341)

4150

Consolidated Balance Sheets

4251

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

4352

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

4453

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

4554

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

4655

 

40
49

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Shareholdersshareholders and the Boardboard of Directorsdirectors of India Globalization Capital,IGC Pharma, Inc.

 

OpinionsOpinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying Consolidatedconsolidated balance sheets of IndiaIGC Pharma, Inc. (formerly known as ‘India Globalization Capital, Inc.’) and its subsidiaries (the "Company"“Company”) as of March 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity and cash flows, for each of the two years in the period ended March 31, 2020,2023, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "Consolidated"consolidated financial statements"). In our opinion, the Consolidatedconsolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the Consolidatedconsolidated financial position of the Company as at March 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, and the Consolidatedconsolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended March 31, 2020,2023, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These Consolidatedconsolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's Consolidatedconsolidated financial statements based on our audits.audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB"(“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our auditsaudit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Consolidatedconsolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the Consolidatedconsolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the Consolidatedconsolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Consolidatedconsolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provideaudit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Critical Audit Matters

Critical audit matters are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgements. We determined that there are no critical audit matters.

Manohar Chowdhry & Associates

Chartered Accountants

 

We have served as the Company’sCompany's auditor since 2018.

Chennai, India

Date: July 9, 2020

 

Chennai, India

July 7, 2023

UDIN: 23237830BGZGZQ9446

41
50

 

India Globalization Capital,IGC Pharma, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(inIn thousands, except share data)

 

  

March 31, 2020

($)
  

March 31, 2019

($)
 

ASSETS

        

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents 

  7,258   25,610 

Marketable Securities

  5,081   - 

Accounts receivable, net

  133   84 

Inventories 

  4,245   248 

Deposits and advances 

  1,040   781 

Total current assets

  17,757   26,723 
         

Intangible assets, net

  252   184 

Property, plant and equipment, net

  9,780   5,886 

Non-Marketable Securities

  11   794 

Claims and advances

  610   878 

Operating lease asset

  574   - 

Total long-term assets

  11,227   7,742 

Total assets

  28,984   34,465 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

        

Current liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

  762   319 

Accrued liabilities and others

  1,134   509 

Short-term loan

  50   50 

Total current liabilities

  1,946   878 
         

Other liabilities

  16   15 

Operating lease liability

  485   - 

Total non-current liabilities

  501   15 

Total liabilities

  2,447   893 
         

Commitments and Contingencies – See Note 12

        
         

Stockholders' equity:

        

Preferred stock, $0.0001 per value:  authorized 1,000,000 shares, no share issued or outstanding as on March 31, 2020 and March 31, 2019

  -   - 

Common stock and additional paid-in capital, $0.0001 par value: 150,000,000 shares authorized; 39,320,116 and 39,501,407 shares issued and outstanding as on March 31, 2020 and March 31, 2019, respectively.

  94,754   94,043 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  (2,850)  (2,419

)

Accumulated deficit

  (65,367)  (58,052

)

Total stockholders' equity

  26,537   33,572 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  28,984   34,465 
  

March 31,

2023

($)

  

March 31,

2022

($)

 

ASSETS

        

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

  3,196   10,460 

Accounts receivable, net

  107   125 

Short term investments

  154   - 

Inventory

  2,651   3,548 

Deposits and advances

  358   978 

Total current assets

  6,466   15,111 
         

Non-current assets:

        

Intangible assets, net

  1,170   917 

Property, plant and equipment, net

  8,213   9,419 

Claims and advances

  1,003   937 

Operating lease asset

  326   450 

Total non-current assets

  10,712   11,723 

Total assets

  17,178   26,834 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY

        
         

Current liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

  530   981 

Accrued liabilities and others

  1,368   1,460 

Total current liabilities

  1,898   2,441 
         

Non-current liabilities:

        

Long-term loans

  141   144 

Other liabilities

  21   16 

Operating lease liability

  207   341 

Total non-current liabilities

  369   501 

Total liabilities

  2,267   2,942 
         

Commitments and Contingencies See Note 12

  
 
   
 
 
         

Stockholders equity:

        

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value: authorized 1,000,000 shares, no shares issued or outstanding as of March 31, 2023, or March 31, 2022.

        

Common stock and additional paid-in capital, $0.0001 par value: 150,000,000 shares authorized; 53,077,436 and 51,054,017 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, respectively.

  118,965   116,019 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  (3,389)  (2,968)

Accumulated deficit

  (100,665)  (89,159)

Total stockholders equity

  14,911   23,892 

Total liabilities and stockholders equity

  17,178   26,834 

 

The accompanying notes should be read in connection with these consolidated financial statements.

 

42
51

 

India Globalization Capital,IGC Pharma, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands, except loss per share)share and share data)

 

  

Years Ended March 31,

 
  

2020

($)
  

2019

($)
 

Revenues

  4,072   5,116 

Cost of revenues 

  (3,957)  (4,984

)

Gross profit

  115   132 

General and administrative expenses

  (5,968)  (3,519

)

Research and development expenses

  (1,011)  (1,256

)

Operating loss

  (6,864)  (4,643

)

Impairment of investment

  (782)  - 

Other income – net

  331   548 

Loss before income taxes

  (7,315)  (4,095

)

Income taxes expense

  -   (2

)

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  (7,315)  (4,097

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  (431)  (362

)

Comprehensive loss

  (7,746)  (4,459

)

         

Loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic & diluted

 $(0.19) $(0.13

)

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing loss per share amounts:

  39,490   35,393 
  

Years Ended March 31,

 
  

2023

($)
  

2022

($)
 

Revenue

  911   397 

Cost of revenue

  (469)  (203)

Gross profit

  442   194 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  (8,552)  (13,292)

Research and development expenses

  (3,461)  (2,330)

Operating loss

  (11,571)  (15,428)

Impairment of investment

  -   (49)

Other income, net

  65   461 

Loss before income taxes

  (11,506)  (15,016)

Income tax expense/benefit

  -   - 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  (11,506)  (15,016)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  (421)  (194)

Comprehensive loss

  (11,927)  (15,210)
         

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic and diluted

 $(0.22) $(0.30

)

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing loss per share amounts:

  52,576,258   49,991,631 

 

The accompanying notes should be read in connection with these consolidated financial statements.

 

43
52

 

India Globalization Capital,IGC Pharma, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY

(in thousands)

 

  

Number of

Common Shares

  

Common Stock and Additional Paid in Capital

($)
  

Accumulated Deficit

($)
  

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

($)
  

Total Stockholders' Equity

($)
 

Balances as of March 31, 2018

  30,764   63,917   (53,795

)

  (2,057

)

  8,065 

Bricoleur Note penalty shares

  30   18   -   -   18 

Common stock issued through public offering, net

  5,899   28,508   -   -   28,508 

Share based compensation & other expenses

  2,019   638   -   -   638 

Common stock issued through private placement, net

  870   950   -   -   950 

Adoption of ASU 2018-07

  -   31   (31

)

  -   - 

Cancellation of IGC shares

  (80

)

  (19

)

  (129

)

      (148

)

Net income loss

  -   -   (4,097

)

  -   (4,097

)

Loss on foreign currency translation

  -   -   -   (362

)

  (362

)

                     

Balances as of March 31, 2019

  39,502   94,043   (58,052

)

  (2,419

)

  33,572 

Share based compensation & other expenses

  70   711   -   -   711 

Cancellation of IGC shares

  (252)  -   -   -   - 

Net income loss

  -   -   (7,315)  -   (7,315

)

Loss on foreign currency translation

  -   -   -   (431)  (431

)

                     

Balances as of March 31, 2020

  39,320   94,754   (65,367)  (2,850)  26,537 
  

Number of

Common Shares

  

Common Stock

and Additional

Paid in Capital

($)

  

Accumulated

Deficit

($)

  

Accumulated Other

Comprehensive Loss

($)

  

Total Stockholders’

Equity

($)

 

Balances as of April 1, 2021

  47,827   109,720   (74,143)  (2,774

)

  32,803 

Common stock-based compensation & expenses, net

  1,520   2,197   -   -   2,197 

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

  1,750   4,145   -   -   4,145 

Other adjustments

  (43)  (43)  -   -   (43)

Net loss

  -   -   (15,016)  -   (15,016)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  -   -   -   (194)  (194)

Balances as of March 31, 2022

  51,054   116,019   (89,159)  (2,968)  23,892 
                     
                     

Balances as of April 1, 2022

  51,054   116,019   (89,159

)

  (2,968)  23,892 

Common stock-based compensation & expenses, net

  1,815   2,843   -   -   2,843 

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

  208   103   -   -   103 

Net loss

  -   -   (11,506)  -   (11,506)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  -   -   -   (421)  (421)

Balances as of March 31, 2023

  53,077   118,965   (100,665)  (3,389)  14,911 

 

The accompanying notes should be read in connection with these consolidated financial statements.

 

44
53

 

India Globalization Capital,IGC Pharma, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

  

Years Ended March 31,

 
  

2020

($)
  

2019

($)
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

        

Net loss

  (7,315)  (4,097

)

Adjustment to reconcile net loss to net cash:

        

Depreciation and amortization

  144   59 

Non-cash Interest

  -   18 

Gain on settlement of note payable, net

  -   (300

)

Impairment of investment

  782   - 

Share based compensation and other expenses

  770   610 
         

Changes in:

        

Accounts receivable

  (49)  474 

Inventories

  (3,998)  239 

Deposits and advances

  (259)  (422

)

Claims and advances

  (307)  (193

)

Accounts payable

  442   (30)

Accrued liabilities and others

  1,113   312 

Net cash used in operating activities

  (8,677)  (3,330

)

         

Cash flow from investing activities:

        

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

  (4,389)  (15

)

Investment in marketable securities

  (5,081)  - 

Loan repayment

  -   (200

)

Acquisition and filing cost of patents and rights

  (77)  (45

)

Net cash used by investing activities

  (9,547)  (260

)

         

Cash flows from financing activities:

        

Issuance of equity stock through public offering (net of expenses)

  (59)  28,508 

Issuance of equity stock through private placement (net of expenses)

  -   950 

Proceed from option exercised

  -   18 

Repayment of loan

  -   (1,878

)

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

  (59)  27,598 
         

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

  (69)  (56

)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

  (18,352)  23,952 

Cash and cash equivalent at the beginning of the period

  25,610   1,658 

Cash and cash equivalent at the end of the period

  7,258   25,610 
         

Supplementary information:

        

Cash paid for interest

  8   14 

Non-cash items:

        

Common stock issued/granted including ESOP, consultancy, and patent acquisition

  770   610 

Common stock issued as penalty on notes payable

  -   18 

Amortization of operating lease

  7   - 
  

Years Ended March 31,

 
  

2023

($)
  

2022

($)
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

        

Net loss

  (11,506)  (15,016

)

Adjustment to reconcile net loss to net cash:

        

Depreciation and amortization

  657   651 

Provision for bad debt

  126   1,718 

Permanent impairment of PPE

  -   833 

Impairment of non-marketable securities

  -   49 

Common stock-based compensation and expenses, net

  2,843   2,197 

Net loss on sale of property, plant, and equipment

  39   - 

Forgiveness of PPP Loan

  -   (430)
         

Changes in:

        

Accounts receivables, net

  5   50 

Inventory

  897   1,930 

Deposits and advances

  591   541 

Claims and advances

  (150)  (334)

Accounts payable

  (451)  504 

Accrued and other liabilities

  (88)  (129)

Operating lease asset

  124   38 

Operating lease liability

  (134)  (64)

Net cash used in operating activities

  (7,047)  (7,462)
         

Cash flow from investing activities:

        

Purchase of property, plant, and equipment

  (310)  (236)

Sale of property, plant, and equipment

  538   29 

Investment in short-term investments

  (154)  - 

Acquisition and filing cost of patents and rights

  (309)  (535)

Net cash used in investing activities

  (235)  (742)
         

Cash flows from financing activities:

        

Net proceeds from the issuance of common stock

  103   4,145 

Repayment of long-term loan

  (3)  (3)

Net cash provided by financing activities

  100   4,142 
         

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

  (82)  (26)

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

  (7,264)  (4,088)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

  10,460   14,548 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

  3,196   10,460 
         

Supplementary information:

        

Non-cash items:

        

Common stock issued/granted for stock-based compensation, including patent acquisition

  2,842   2,197 

Forgiveness of PPP Loan

  -   (430)

 

The accompanying notes should be read in connection with these consolidated financial statements.

 

45
54

 

India Globalization Capital,IGC Pharma, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 20202023, and 20192022

 

Unless the context requires otherwise, all references in this report to “IGC,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to India Globalization Capital,IGC Pharma, Inc., together with our subsidiaries.

 

NOTE 1 NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND MANAGEMENT’SMANAGEMENTS PLANS

 

Since 2014, our team has been committed to researching the application of cannabinoids such as THC and CBD in combination with other compounds to address various ailments, including Alzheimer’s disease. With our research, we have developed intellectual property, formulations, and wellness and lifestyle brands. IGC has two segments: Infrastructuresubmitted IGC-AD1, our investigational drug candidate for Alzheimer’s, to the FDA under Section 505(i) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Life Sciences.Cosmetic Act and received approval on July 30, 2020, to proceed with the Phase 1 trial on Alzheimer’s patients. The Company’s Infrastructure Business, managedCompany completed all dose escalation studies, and as announced by the Company on December 2, 2021, the results of the clinical trial have been submitted in the Clinical/Statistical Report (CSR) filed with the FDA. The Company is motivated by the potential that, with future successful results from India, involves: (a)appropriate further trials, IGC-AD1 could contribute to relief for some of the execution55 million people around the world expected to be impacted by Alzheimer’s disease by 2030 (WHO, 2020). To the best of construction contracts, (b)our knowledge, this is the rentalfirst human clinical trial using ultra-low doses of heavy construction equipment,THC, in combination with another molecule, to treat symptoms of dementia in Alzheimer’s patients. THC is a naturally occurring cannabinoid produced by the cannabis plant. It is known for being a psychoactive substance that can impact mental processes in a positive or negative way depending on the dosage. THC is biphasic, meaning that low and (c)high doses of the purchasesubstance may affect mental and resalephysiological processes in substantially different ways. For example, in some patients, low doses may relieve a symptom, whereas high doses may amplify a symptom. Ultimately, the goal of physical commodities used in infrastructure. Our revenue in Fiscal 2020 was primarily derivedIGC’s research is to discover and analyze whether, and at what level of dosing, IGC-AD1 provides relief of a given symptom. IGC’s trial is based on micro dosing on patients suffering from this business. Information about our infrastructure products and service offerings is available at www.igcinc.us.Alzheimer’s disease.

 

The Company’s Life Sciences segment, managed from the United States, involves: a) the developmentCompany has filed forty-one (41) patent applications to address various diseases such as Alzheimer’s, Central Nervous System (“CNS”) disorders, pain, stammering, seizures in cats and dogs, eating disorders, stress-relief, and calm-restoring beverage, and fatigue. As of potential new drugs, subject to applicable regulatory approvals , b) several CBD-based products and brands, in various stages of development, for sale online and through stores, c) wholesale of hemp extracts including hemp crude extract and hemp isolate, among others, d) hemp growing and processing facilities, e) white labeling of hemp-based products and f) the offering of tolling services like extraction and distillation to hemp farmers.March 31, 2023, our portfolio includes nine granted patents.

 

In Fiscal 2020addition, we completedlicense a patent filing from the developmentUniversity of several products building out our “house of brands” that we intend to market onlineSouth Florida titled “Ultra-Low dose THC as a potential therapeutic and through retail stores. We are enthusiastic about what we believe to be the immense potential of these unique concepts to address various segments of the exponentially growing cannabinoid wellness and lifestyle product market. In Fiscal 2020, the Company generated $411 thousand revenue from its Life Sciences segment, however COVID-19 has forced the Company to delay the launch of some of the brands and products. In Fiscal 2020 the Company in response to the COVID-19 pandemic adapted its manufacturing facilities and operations to include alcohol-based hand sanitizers which goprophylactic agent for Alzheimer’s Disease.” The USPTO issued a patent (#11,065,225) for this filing on sale in FiscalJuly 20, 2021.

The Company’s principal office in the U.S. is in Potomac, Maryland, and the Company has a facility in Washington State and offices in Colombia, Hong Kong, and India.

 

As of March 31, 2020,2023, the Company had the following direct operating subsidiaries: Techni Bharathi Private Limited (TBL), IGCare LLC, Holi Hemp LLC, IGC Pharma LLC, SAN Holdings LLC, Sunday Seltzer, LLC, andHamsa Biopharma India Pvt. Ltd. And Colombia-based beneficially-owned subsidiary IGC Pharma SAS (formerly Hamsa Biochem SASBiopharma Colombia SAS) (Hamsa). The Company’s fiscal year is the 52- or 53-week period that ends on March 31. The CompanyCompany’ principal office is ain Maryland corporation established in 2005. Additionally, the Company have offices in Washington state, Colombia, South America, and India. The Company’s filings are available on www.sec.gov.

 

Business updatesIGC has two segments: Life Sciences and Infrastructure.

 

•     The Company is executing a road building contractLife Sciences Segment

Pharmaceutical: Since 2014, this part of our business has focused on the potential uses of phytocannabinoids, including THC and Cannabidiol (CBD), in Kerala, India valued initially at approximately $0.6 million. Throughout Fiscal 2020, the Company worked on execution of the contract as well as sought approval for an expansion of the contract. The total value of the contract was increased to approximately $1.1 million. The Company estimates that it will take between 12 and 15 months to complete the work. Work on this project has been temporarily suspended due to COVID-19. We expect to re-start the project in second quarter of Fiscal 2021.

•     The Company filed an INDA with the FDA for a double-blind, placebo-controlled, 100-person trial, for its proprietary patent pending formulation based on IGC-AD1 that uses ultra-low doses of tetrahydrocannabinol (“THC”)combination with other natural compounds intended to assist in the management of the care of patients suffering from Alzheimer’s disease.

•     IGC filed a provisional patent, IGC 510, Compositions and Methods using CBD for treating stammering and symptoms of Tourette syndrome with the USPTO.

•     The Company established an approximately $0.5 million facility in San Juan, Puerto Rico to house and conduct trials.

•     As part of an out-reach and marketing campaign, we distributed samples of Hyalolex™ Drops of Clarity™, to dispensaries in Puerto Rico. The formulation is currently available in about 51 dispensaries in Puerto Rico. While this is a small market penetration, it allows us to collect data. Based on feedback received from customers and dispensaries in Puerto Rico,treat multiple diseases, including Alzheimer’s. In addition, the Company has expandedacquired and initiated work on TGR-63, a non-cannabinoid pre-clinical molecule, that exhibits an impressive affinity for reducing neurotoxicity in Alzheimer’s cell lines. Neurotoxicity causes cell dysfunction and death in Alzheimer’s disease. If shown to be efficacious, in AD cell lines, in halting this process, this inhibitor has the scope ofpotential to treat Alzheimer’s disease by ameliorating Aβ plaques.

Over the Hyalolex™ formulation to potentially target other ailments, such as anxietyCounter Products: We have created a women’s wellness brand, Holief™ available through online channels that are compliant with relevant federal, state, and sleep disorders,local laws, and has introduced aregulations. Holief™ is an all-natural, non-GMO, vegan, line of over the counter (OTC) products including tinctures, among others. These will all be branded under Hyalolex™, with the original formulation branded as Hyalolex™ Drops of Clarity™aimed at treating menstrual cramps (dysmenorrhea) and premenstrual symptoms (PMS). Post COVID-19 based stay-in-place restrictions we expect to manufacture and distribute theseThe products initially in Puerto Rico and subsequentlyare available online and inthrough Amazon and other states.

online channels. Holief™ is compliant with relevant federal, state, and local laws, and regulations.

 

46
55

Infrastructure Segment

 

•     In Fiscal 2020 the Company in response to the COVID-19 pandemic adapted its manufacturing facility to include FDA-registered alcohol-based hand sanitizers, which go on sale in Fiscal 2021.

•     The Company advanced its branding and product strategy with the development of several brands aimed at various sectors of the market. The progress includes filing trademark applications and intent to use applications; securing URLs; creating product formulations, labelling, and packaging; obtaining product insurance; securing product development teams; conducting focus groups; performing quality and taste testing; and organizing and registering limited liability companies to mitigate risk, among others.

•     The Company grows hemp in Arizona. The crop has passed inspection by the Arizona Department of Agriculture (“AZDA”) andCompany’s infrastructure business has been certified as legal by AZDA. However, the harvest is delayed due tooperating since 2008, it includes: (i) Execution of the difficulty in finding workers becauseConstruction Contracts and (ii) Rental of the social distancing rules brought on by COVID-19.Heavy Construction Equipment.

•     We prepared our facilities in Washington for the dual purpose of manufacturing finished products as well as for extraction and distillation. Most of our hemp processing and distillation equipment is sourced from China. Currently, due to COVID-19 the commissioning and certification of the equipment is delayed as the technicians are unable to travel from China to the U.S.

•     On February 15, 2020, the Company signed a Share Subscription Agreement (“SSA”) with Evolve I, to acquire 20% of Evolve I. As of March 31, 2020, the Company has not completed its due diligence.

•     In January 2020, the Company and the named defendant directors and officers executed a formal settlement agreement on specific final terms of settlement with the plaintiffs in all pending derivative lawsuits. On June 30, 2020, the Court held a hearing to evaluate the fairness and reasonableness of the settlement and to determine whether the settlement will be approved. On July 6, 2020, the Court entered an order formally and finally approving the settlement and resolving all pending derivative suits. Please See Item 3 Legal Proceedings.

•     IGC recently received notification that on March 24, 2020, the USPTO issued a method and composition patent (#10,596,159 B2) for the Company’s cannabinoid formulation for the treatment of cachexia and eating disorders in humans and veterinary animals. IGC filed this application for its IGC-504 formulation (#15/751,901) on August 11, 2016.

NOTE 2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

a) Principles of consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all its subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. In the opinion of the Company’s management, the consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, which are normal and recurring in nature, necessary for fair financial statement presentation. Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

 

b)b) Use of estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (U.S. GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Management believes that the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Significant estimates and assumptions are generally used for, but not limited to:to allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable; sales returns; normal loss during production; future obligations under employee benefit plans; the useful lives of property, plant, and equipment; intangible assets; valuations; impairment of goodwill and investments; recoverability of advances; the valuation of options granted, and warrants issued; and income tax and deferred tax valuation allowances, if any. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Appropriate changes in estimates are made as management becomes aware of changes in circumstances surrounding the estimates. Critical accounting estimates could change from period to period and could have a material impact on IGC’s results, operations, financial position, and cash flows. Changes in estimates are reflected in the financial statements in the period in which changes are made and, if material, their effects are disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

c)c) Revenue recognition

 

The Company recognizes revenue under ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”). The core principle of this standard is that a company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the companyCompany expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

 

ASC 606 prescribes a 5-step process to achieve its core principle. The Company recognizes revenue from trading, rental, or product sales as follows:

 

I. Identify the contract with the customer.

II. Identify the contractual performance obligations.

III. Determine the amount of consideration/price for the transaction.

IV. Allocate the determined amount of consideration/price to the contractual obligations.

V. Recognize revenue when or as the performing party satisfies performance obligations.

 

The consideration/price for the transaction (performance obligation(s)) is determined as per the agreement or invoice (contract) for the services and products in the Infrastructure segment and Life Sciences segment. Refer to Note 19 -17 – “Revenue Recognition”.Recognition.”

 

d)      d) Cost of SalesRevenue

 

Our cost of salesrevenue includes costs associated with in-house and outsourced distribution, labor expense, components, manufacturing overhead, and outbound freight for our products division. In our products division, cost of salesrevenue also includes the cost of refurbishing or repackaging, if required, on products returned by customers that will be offered for resale and the cost of inventory write-downs associated with adjustments of held inventories to their net realizable value. These expenses are reflected in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations when the product is sold and net sales revenues are recognized or, in the case of inventory write-downs, when circumstances indicate that the carrying value of inventories is in excess of their net realizable value.resale.

 

(e)

e) Earnings/(Loss) per Share

 

The computation of basic loss per share for Fiscal 2020,2023, excludes potentially dilutive securities of about 5 millionapproximately shares which includes share options, unvested shares such as restricted shares and restricted share units, granted to employees, non-employees and advisors, warrants, and shares from the conversion of outstanding units, shares to be issued to Evolve I pursuant to the Share Subscription Agreement, if any, because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

 

The weighted average number of shares outstanding for Fiscal 20202023 and 2019,2022, used for the computation of basic earnings per share (“EPS”)(EPS) is 39,490,01452,576,258 and 35,393,407,49,991,631, respectively. Due to the loss incurred during Fiscal 20202023 and 2019,2022, all the potential equity shares are anti-dilutive, and accordingly, the fully diluted EPS is equal to the basic EPS.

 

f)f) Going Concern:

The Company assesses and determines its ability to continue as a going concern in accordance with the provisions of ASC Subtopic 205-40, "Presentation of Financial StatementsGoing Concern", which requires the Company to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.

The Company is currently in a clinical trial stage and, thus, has not yet achieved profitability. The Company expects to continue to incur significant operating and net losses and negative cash flows from operations in the near future.

For the years ended March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, the Company incurred net losses of $11.5 million and $15 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2023, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents totaled $3.2 million. On June 30, 2023, the Company successfully obtained a working capital credit facility totaling $12 million and, in addition, sold 10,000,000 shares for $3,000,000. The equity and the credit facility serve to minimize ongoing liquidity requirements and ensure the Company’s ability to sustain its operations. Furthermore, the Company intends to raise additional funds through private placement and ATM offerings, subject to market conditions. Please refer to Note 19, “Subsequent Event,” for further information.

The Company estimates that its current cash and cash equivalents balance with working capital and equity investment is sufficient to support operations beyond the twelve months following the date these consolidated financial statements and footnotes were issued. These estimates are based on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and the Company could use its available capital resources sooner than it currently expects.

g) Income taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, which requires an entity to recognize deferred tax liabilities and assets. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequence attributable to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rate expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. A valuation allowance is established and recorded when management determines that some or all of the deferred tax assets are not likely to be realized and therefore, it is necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

In evaluating a tax position for recognition, management evaluates whether it is more-likely-than-not that a position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, based on technical merits of the position. If the tax position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the tax position is measured and recognized in the Company’s financial statements as the largest amount of tax benefit that, in management’s judgment, is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. As of March 31, 2020,2023, and 2019,2022, there was no significant liability for income tax associated with unrecognized tax benefits.

 

g)h) Accounts receivable

 

We make estimates of the collectability of our accounts receivable by analyzing historical payment patterns, customer concentrations, customer creditworthiness, and current economic trends. If the financial condition of a customer deteriorates, additional allowances may be required. We had $133$107 thousand of accounts receivable, net of provision for doubtful debt of $9$17 thousand as of March 31, 20202023, as compared to $84$125 thousand of accounts receivable, net of provision for doubtful debt of $6$93 thousand as of March 31, 2019.2022.

 

48
57

 

h)i) Cash and cash equivalents

 

For financial statement purposes, the Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains its cash in bank accounts in the U.S., India, Colombia, and Hong Kong, which at times may exceed applicable insurance limits. The cash and cash equivalents in the Company on March 31, 20202023, and 2019, was2022, were approximately $7,258$3,196 thousand and $25,610$10,460 thousand, respectively.

 

i)j) Short-term and long-term investments

 

Our policy for short-term and long-term investments is to establish a high-quality portfolio that preserves principal, meets liquidity needs, avoids inappropriate concentrations, and delivers an appropriate yield in relationshiprelation to our investment guidelines and market conditions. Short-term and long-term investments consist of corporate, various government agencyagencies and municipal debt securities, as well as certificates of deposit that have maturity dates that are greater than 90 days. Certificates of deposit and commercial paper are carried at a cost which approximates fair value. Available-for-sale securities: Investments in debt securities that are classified as available for sale shall be measured subsequently at fair value in the statement of financial position. Unrealized holding gains and losses for available-for-sale securities (including those classified as current assets) shall be excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income until realized except as indicated in the following sentence. All or a portion of the unrealized holding gain and loss of an available-for sale security that is designated as being hedged in a fair value hedge shall be recognized in earnings during the period of the hedge, pursuant to paragraphs 815-25-35-1 through 35-4.

 

Investments are initially measured at cost, which is the fair value of the consideration given for them, including transaction costs. Where the Company’s ownership interest is in excess of 20% and the Company enjoyshas a significant interest,influence, the Company has accounted for the investment based on the equity method in accordance with ASC Topic 323, “Investments Investments Equity method and Joint Ventures”.Ventures. Under the equity method, the Company’s share of the post-acquisition profits or losses of the equity investee is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and its share of post-acquisition movements in accumulated other comprehensive income / (loss) is recognized in other comprehensive income / (loss). Where the Company does not have significant influence, the Company has accounted for the investment in accordance with ASC Topic 321, “Investments-Equity Securities”.Investments-Equity Securities.

 

j)As of March 31, 2023, investment in marketable securities is valued at fair value and investment in non-marketable securities with ownership less than 20% is valued at cost as per ASC Topic 321, “Investments-Equity Securities.

k) Property, plant, and equipment (PP&E)

 

Property, plant, and equipment are recorded at cost net of accumulated depreciation and depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method.

 

Upon retirement or disposition, cost and related accumulated depreciation of the propertyProperty, plant and equipment are de-recognized, and any gain or loss is reflected in the results of operation. Cost of additions and substantial improvements to property and equipment are capitalized. The cost of maintenance and repairs of the property and equipment are charged to operating expenses as incurred.

 

k)l) Fair value of financial instruments

 

FASB ASC No. 820, “Fair Value Measurement” defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. It also establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

 

Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;

Level 2: Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3: Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

 

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instrument includesinstruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, approximateapproximately their fair values due to the nature of the items. Please refer to Note -1615, “Fair value of financial instruments”,instruments,” for further information.

 

49
58

 

l)m) Concentration of credit risk and significant customers

 

Financial instruments, which potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk, are primarily comprised of cash and cash equivalents, investments, accounts receivable and unbilled accounts receivable, if any. The Company places its cash investments in highly rated financial institutions. The Company adheres to a formal investment policy with the primary objective of preservation of principal, which contains credit rating minimums and diversification requirements. Management believes its credit policies reflect normal industry terms and business risk. The Company does not anticipate non-performance by the counterparties and, accordingly, does not require collateral. During Fiscal 2020,2023, sales were spread across customers in Asia and U.S. and the credit concentration risk is low.

 

m)n) Stock Based Compensation

 

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation to employees and non-employees in conformity with the provisions of ASC Topic 718, Stock-Based CompensationCompensation.. The Company expenses stock-based compensation to employees over the requisite vesting period based on the estimated grant-date fair value of the awards. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur. Stock-based awards are recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite vesting period. For stock-based employee compensation the cost recognized at any date will be at least equal to the amount attributable to the share-based compensation that is vested at that date.

For performance-based awards, stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the expected performance achievement period of individual performance milestones when the achievement of each individual performance milestone becomes probable. For performance-based awards with a vesting schedule based entirely on the attainment of performance conditions, stock-based compensation expense associated with each tranche is recognized over the expected achievement period for the operational milestone, beginning at the point in time when the relevant operational milestone is considered probable to be achieved.

For market-based awards, stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the expected achievement period. The fair value of such awards is estimated on the grant date using Monte Carlo simulations.

The Company estimates the fair value of stock option grants using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent management’sManagement’s best estimates. TheGenerally, the closing share price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant is considered the fair-valuefair value of the share. The volatility factor is determined based on the Company’s historical stock prices. The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends. Equity awards issuedFor further information refer to non-employees are recorded at their fair value on the grant date as they are immediately exercisable and not forfeitable on the dateNote 14, “Stock-Based Compensation” of grant.Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

n)o) Commitments and contingencies

 

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigations, fines and penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment and/or remediation can be reasonably estimated. We record associated legal fees as incurred. Information regarding our commitments and contingencies is incorporated by reference in Note 12, “Commitments and contingencies” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

o)p) Impairment of long lived assets

 

The Company reviews its long-lived assets, with finite lives, for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of assets may not be fully recoverable. Such circumstances include, though are not limited to, significant or sustained declines in revenues or earnings, future anticipated cash flows, business plans, and material adverse changes in the economic climate, such as changes in the operating environment, competitive information, and impact of changes in government policies. For assets that the Company intends to hold for use, if the total of the expected future undiscounted cash flows produced by the assets or subsidiary company is less than the carrying amount of the assets, a loss is recognized for the difference between the fair value and carrying value of the assets. For assets, the Company intends to dispose of by sale, a loss is recognized for the amount by which the estimated fair value less cost to sell is less than the carrying value of the assets. Fair value is determined based on quoted market prices, if available, or other valuation techniques including discounted future net cash flows. Unlike goodwill, long-lived assets are assessed for impairment only where there are any specific indicators for impairment.

 

p)       Change in inventory valuation method

q) Intangible assets

 

On AprilThe Company’s intangible assets are accounted for in accordance with ASC Topic 350, Intangibles Goodwill and Other. Intangible assets having indefinite lives are not amortized, but instead are reviewed annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired, to assess whether their fair value exceeds their carrying value. We perform an impairment analysis on March 1 2019,annually on the Company changed its methodology forindefinite-lived intangible assets following the valuation of inventory from first-in-first-outsteps laid out in ASC 350-30-35-18. Our annual impairment analysis includes a qualitative assessment to weighted average cost method. The newly adopted accounting principledetermine if it is preferable becausenecessary to perform the weighted average cost method of accounting for all inventories will improve financial reporting by better matching revenuesquantitative impairment test. In performing a qualitative assessment, we review events and expenses and better reflectingcircumstances that could affect the currentsignificant inputs used to determine if the fair value is less than the carrying value of inventory.the intangible assets. If quantitative analysis is necessary, we would analyze various aspects including revenues from the business, associated with the intangible assets. In addition, intangible assets will be tested on an interim basis if an event or circumstance indicates that it is more likely than not that an impairment loss has been incurred. The change didCompany has analyzed a variety of factors in light of the known impact to date of the COVID-19 pandemic on its business to determine if a circumstance could trigger an impairment loss, and, at this time and based on the information presently known, does not impactbelieve it is more likely than not that an impairment loss has been incurred.

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized using the financial statements forstraight-line method over their estimated period of benefit. In accordance with ASC 360-10-35-21, definite lived intangibles are reviewed annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the priorassets might be impaired, to assess whether their fair value exceeds their carrying value.

The Company intends to capitalize trademarks and related expenses exceeding $2,500 per trademark. Management may also capitalize trademarks and related expenses up to $2,500 per trademark based on its potential and benefit in coming years.

 

q)r) Inventory

 

Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value, net realizable valuewhich is defined as estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation.

 

Inventory consists of raw materials, finished goods and work-in-progress suchrelated to wellness products, hand sanitizers, finished hemp-based products, beverages. Work-and in-progress consist of products in the manufacturing process as extracted crude oil, CBD isolate, growing crops, crude oil, herbal oils, among others. Work-in-progress also includes product manufacturing in process, costs of growing hemp, in accordance with applicable laws and regulationson reporting date, including but not limited to labor, utilities, fertilizers and irrigation.primary cost. Inventory is primarily accounted for using the weighted average cost method. Primary costs include raw materials, packaging, direct labor, overhead, shipping, and the depreciation of manufacturing equipment. Manufacturing overhead and related expenses include salaries, wages, employee benefits, utilities, maintenance, and property taxes.

 

Harvested crops are measured at net realizable value, with changes recognizedWe capitalize inventory costs related to our investigational drug, provided that management determines there is a potential alternative use for the inventory in profitfuture research and development projects or loss only when the harvested crop:other purposes. As of March 31, 2023, and 2022, our consolidated balance sheet reported approximately $407 thousand and no clinical trial-related inventory, respectively.

 

-     has a reliable, readily determinable,Abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, scrap, discontinued products and realizable market value;

-     has relatively insignificant and predictable costs of disposal; and

-     is available for immediate delivery.wasted material (spoilage) are expensed in the period they are incurred.

 

The Company believes its harvested crops does not have a readily available market. Hence, the Company values its harvested crops at cost.Please refer to Note 3, “Inventory,” for further information.

 

r)s) Cybersecurity

 

We have a cybersecurity policy in place and tighter cybersecurity measures to safeguard against hackers. In Fiscal 2020,2023, there were no impactful breaches in cybersecurity.

 

s)t) Research and Development Expenses

 

During Fiscal 20202023 and 2019,2022, the Company recorded research and development expenses of approximately $1$3.5 million and $1.3$2.3 million, respectively. All research and development costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

 

t)        Goodwill

 

Goodwill represents the excess cost of an acquisition over the fair value of our share of net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries would be disclosed separately. Goodwill is stated at cost less impairment losses incurred, if any. As of March 31, 2020, there was no Goodwill.

u) Leases

 

Lessor Accounting

 

For lessors, however, the accounting remains largely unchanged fromUnder the current model, changes have been made to align certain lessor and lessee accounting guidance and the key aspects of the lessor accounting model with new revenue recognition standard. Under the newASU guidance, contract consideration will be allocated to its lease components and non-lease components (such as maintenance). For the Company as a lessor, any non-lease components will be accounted for under ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, unless the Company elects a lessor practical expedient to not separate the non-lease components from the associated lease component. The amendments in ASU 2018-11 also provide lessors with a practical expedient, by class of underlying asset, to not separate non-lease components from the associated lease component and, instead, to account for those components as a single component if the non-lease components otherwise would be accounted for under the new revenue guidance (“Topic 606”)(Topic 606). To elect the practical expedient, the timing and pattern of transfer of the lease and non-lease components must be the same and the lease component must meet the criteria to be classified as an operating lease if accounted for separately. If these criteria are met, the single component will be accounted for under either Topic 842 or Topic 606 depending on which component(s) are predominant. The lessor practical expedient to not separate non-lease components from the associated component must be elected for all existing and new leases.

 

As a lessor, the Company expects that post-adoption substantially all existing leases will have no change in the timing of revenue recognition until their expiration or termination. The Company expects to elect the lessor practical expedient to not separate non-lease components such as maintenance from the associated lease for all existing and new leases and to account for the combined component as a single lease component. The timing of revenue recognition is expected to be the same for the majority of the Company’s new leases as compared to similar existing leases; however, certain categories of new leases could have different revenue recognition patterns as compared to similar existing leases.

 

For leases that are accounted for as operating leases, income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease contract. Generally, when a lease is more than 180 days delinquent (where more than three monthly payments are owed), the lease is classified as being on nonaccrual and the Company stops recognizing leasing income on that date. Payments received on leases in nonaccrual status generally reduce the lease receivable. Leases on nonaccrual status remain classified as such until there is sustained payment performance that, in the Company’s judgment, would indicate that all contractual amounts will be collected in full.

 

Lessee Accounting

 

The Company adopted ASU 2016-02 effective April 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective approach. The new standard establishes a right-of-use model (“ROU”)(ROU) that requires a lessee to recognize a ROU asset and lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with a term longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern and classification of expense recognition in the income statement. In connection with the adoption, the Company will elect to utilize the modified retrospective presentation whereby the Company will continue to present prior period financial statements and disclosures under ASC Topic 840. In addition, the Company will elect the transition package of three practical expedients permitted within the standard, which eliminates the requirements to reassess prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification and initial direct costs. Further, the Company will adopt a short-term lease exception policy, permitting us to not apply the recognition requirements of this standard to short-term leases (i.e., leases with terms of 12 months or less)., and an accounting policy to account for lease and non-lease components as a single component for certain classes of assets.

 

Under ASU 2016-02 (Topic 842), lessees are required to recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) on the commencement date: (i) lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and (ii) right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term.

 

At the commencement date, the Company recognizes the lease liability at the present value of the lease payments not yet paid, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Company’s incremental borrowing rate for the same term as the underlying lease. The right-of-use asset is recognized initially at cost, which primarily comprises the initial amount of the lease liability, plus any initial direct costs incurred, consisting mainly of brokerage commissions, less any lease incentives received. All right-of-use assets are reviewed for impairment. There was no impairment for right-of-use lease assets as of March 31, 2020.2023.

 

The Company categorizes leases at their inception as either operating or finance leases. On certain lease agreements, the Company may receive rent holidays and other incentives. The Company recognizes lease costs on a straight-line basis without regard to deferred payment terms, such as rent holidays, that defer the commencement date of required payments. Please refer to Note 9, “Leases,” for further information.

 

v) Recently issued and adopted accounting pronouncements

 

Changes to U.S. GAAP are established by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)(“FASB”) in the form of accounting standards updates (ASUs) to the FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification. The Company considers the applicability and impact of all ASUs. Newly issued ASUs not listed below are expected to have no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations, because either the ASU is not applicable, or the impact is expected to be immaterial.

Not yet adopted

Disclosures: In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13. Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. The amendments in the standard apply to all entities that are required, under existing GAAP, to make disclosures about recurring or nonrecurring fair value measurements. ASU 2018-13 removes, modifies, and adds certain disclosure requirements in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement. The standard is effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. We do not believe the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements 

Collaborative Arrangement: Clarifying the Interaction Between Topic 808 and Topic 606, which clarifies when transactions between participants in a collaborative arrangement are within the scope of the FASB’s revenue standard, Topic 606. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. We do not believe the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

52

Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software: In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract. ASU 2018-15 (Subtopic 350-40)aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. We do not believe the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Credit Losses: In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial instruments. The amendments in this update change how companies measure and recognize credit impairment for many financial assets. The amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after January 2023. The Company is evaluating the impact of this update.

NOTE 3 INVENTORY

INVENTORY

On April 1, 2019, the Company changed its methodology for the valuation of inventory from first-in-first-out to weighted average cost method. The newly adopted accounting principle is preferable because the weighted average cost method of accounting for all inventories will improve financial reporting by better matching revenues and expenses and better reflecting the current value of inventory. The change did not impact the financial statements for the prior years.

 

  

(in thousands)

 

 
  

As of

March 31, 2020

($)

  

As of

March 31, 2019

($)

 

Raw Materials

  227   - 

Work-in-Progress

  3,713   248 

Finished Goods

  305   - 

Total

  4,245   248 
  

(in thousands)

 
  

As of

March 31, 2023

($)

  

As of

March 31, 2022

($)

 

Raw materials

  2,100   2,247 

Work-in-progress

  18   584 

Finished goods

  533   717 

Total

  2,651   3,548 

 

InventoryWork-and in-progress consist of products in the form of work-in-progressmanufacturing process as of March 31, 2020, is comprised of,on reporting date, including but not limited to various hemp-based extracts such as, crude oil, hemp distillate,gummies, tincture, and hemp isolate. The Company accounts all hemp extracts as work-in-progress until they are in the processing facility. Inventory also includes cost relatedderivatives. Finished goods comprise, but is not limited to, growing crops like seeds, fertilizer, other raw materials, labor, farm related overheadhand sanitizers, gummies, lotions, and the depreciation of farming equipment,beverages, among others.

During Fiscal 2023, the Company charged $376 thousand of inventory in selling, general and administration due to product expiration, handling costs, scrap, and wasted material (spoilage) as compared to approximately $252 thousand for Fiscal 2022. This charge was recorded in Selling, general, and administrative expenses.

NOTE 4 DEPOSITS AND ADVANCES

 

 

(in thousands)

 

  

(in thousands)

 
 

As of

March 31, 2020

($)

  

As of

March 31, 2019

($)

  

As of

March 31, 2023

($)

  

As of

March 31, 2022

($)

 

Advances to suppliers and consultants

  558   600   72   170 

Other advances

  16   120 

Advances for Property, Plant and Equipment

  259   - 

Statutory advances

  27   43 

Other receivables and deposits

  24   472 

Prepaid expense and other current assets

  180   18   262   336 

Total

  1,040   781   358   978 

 

The Advances to suppliers and consultants primarily relate to retainers given to attorneys and advanceadvances to suppliers in our infrastructure business. AdvancesLife Sciences and Infrastructure segment. Prepaid and other current assets include approximately $25 thousand in statutory advances for Property, PlantFiscal 2023, as compared to $170 thousand in Fiscal 2022. The Company decided to move advances paid to suppliers worth approximately $164 thousand to claims and Equipment include advance paid for equipment for processing facility in the State of Washington.advances, considering recovering might take more than 12 months.

 

53

NOTE 5 INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

Amortized intangible assets

 

(in thousands)

 

  

(in thousands)

 
 

As of

March 31, 2020

($)

  

As of

March 31, 2019

($)

  

As of

March 31, 2023

($)

  

As of

March 31, 2022

($)

 

Patents

  125   -   709   290 

Other intangibles

  20   -   34   32 

Amortization

  (10

)

  - 

Accumulated amortization

  (107)  (51)

Total amortized intangible assets

  135   -   636   271 
                

Unamortized intangible assets

                

Patents

  107   184   534   646 

Trademarks

  10   - 

Other intangibles

  -   - 

Total unamortized intangible assets

  117   184   534   646 

Total Intangible assets

  252   184 

Total intangible assets

  1,170   917 

 

The value of intangible assets includes the cost of acquiring patent rights, supporting data, and the expense associated with filing 10 patents and 26 trademarks.of forty-one (41) patent applications in different countries along with nine (9) granted patents. It also includes acquisition costs related to brandsdomains, and domains.licenses.

 

The amortization of patent and patent rights with finite life is up to 20 years, commencing from the date of grant.grant or acquisition. The amortization of website/domains is upexpense in Fiscal 2023 and 2022 amounted to 10 years. Trademarksapproximately $57 thousand and other patents that have not been granted have not been amortized. The Company uses the straight-line method to determine the amortization expense for its definite lived intangible assets.$24 thousand, respectively.

 

The Company regularly reviews its Intangibleintangible assets to determine if any intangible asset is other-than-temporarily impaired, which would require the Company to record an impairment charge in the period and concluded that, as of March 31, 2020,2023, there was no impairment.

 

Estimated amortization expense

(in thousands)

($)

For the year ended 2021

11

For the year ended 2022

13

For the year ended 2023

16

For the year ended 2024

19

62

For the year ended 2025

22

69

For the year ended 2026

75

For the year ended 2027

83

For the year ended 2028

91

NOTE 6 PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT

 

  

(in thousands, except useful life)

 
  

Useful Life (years)

  

As of

March 31, 2020

($)

  

As of

March 31, 2019

($)

 

Land

  N/A   4,508   4,872 

Buildings & facilities

  25   2,540   1,268 

Plant and machinery

  5-20   3,867   1,603 

Computer equipment

  3   194   165 

Office equipment

  5   106   109 

Furniture and fixtures

  5   104   61 

Vehicles

  5   120   279 

Construction in progress

  N/A   768     

Total Gross Value

      12,207   8,357 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

      (2,427

)

  (2,471

)

Total Property, plant and equipment, net

      9,780   5,886 

  

(in thousands, except useful life)

 
  

Useful Life (years)

  

As of

March 31, 2023

($)

  

As of

March 31, 2022

($)

 

Land

 N/A   4,100   4,438 

Buildings and facilities

 25   2,298   2,810 

Plant and machinery

 5-20   3,335   4,593 

Computer equipment’s

 3   138   241 

Office equipment’s

 3-5   84   145 

Furniture and fixtures

 5   92   141 

Vehicles

 5   102   163 

Construction in progress

 N/A   -   108 

Total gross value

     10,149   12,639 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (1,936)  (3,220)

Total property, plant and equipment, net

     8,213   9,419 

 

DepreciationThe depreciation expense in Fiscal 20202023 and 2019,2022 amounted to approximately $134$600 thousand and $59$627 thousand, respectively. The net increasedecrease in total Property, Plant & Equipmentproperty, plant, and equipment (net) is primarily due to depreciation and foreign exchange translations because of a decrease in value of foreign currencies. In addition, Fiscal 2023, the purchaseCompany disposed of an office building,fully depreciated assets in the amount of approximately $1.6 million from its subsidiaries. This resulted in a facility for clinical trialsreduction in the value of total gross assets but did not affect the net value of assets as the disposed assets had previously been fully depreciated. The Company sold a property in Puerto Rico for net proceeds of approximately $485 thousand (acquired for approximately $480 thousand) and set-upaccounted for a profit of hemp cultivation, product manufacturing, processing and packaging facilities,approximately $5 thousand in the U.S. subsidiaries during Fiscal 2020. The net decrease in land and accumulated depreciation is primarily due to foreign exchange translations as a result of a decline in value of Indian Rupee. The construction is progress relates to the Washington facility under construction.other income. For more information, please refer to Note 20 – Segment Information18, “Segment Information” for the non-current assets other than financial instruments held in the country of domicile and foreign countries.

 

NOTE 7 INVESTMENTS IN NON-MARKETABLE SECURITIES LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

 

  

(in thousands)

 
  

As of

March 31, 2020

($)

  

As of

March 31, 2019

($)

 

Investment in equity shares of unlisted company

  11   21 

Investment in MTP (i)

  -   773 

Total

  11   794 

 

(i)

Pursuant to the December 18, 2014 Purchase Agreement with Apogee, we issued Apogee 1.2 million shares of IGC’s common stock valued at $888 thousand for the purchase of a 24.9% ownership interest in Midtown Partners & Co., LLC (“MTP”). During Fiscal 2018, after considering several factors, the Company concluded that it no longer had significant influence over MTP. Hence, we do not record any impact from MTP’s earnings/(losses) and instead we maintain the same value of approximately $773 thousand since Fiscal 2017. In the last quarter of Fiscal 2020 Midtown Partners LLC became noncompliant with FINRA. Based on this and the Company impaired its investment in MTP.

 

The Company regularly reviews its investment portfolio to determine if any security is other-than-temporarily impaired, which would require the Company to record an impairment charge in the period.

NOTE 8 CLAIMS AND ADVANCES

 

 

(in thousands)

  

(in thousands)

 
 

As of

March 31, 2020

($)

  

As of

March 31, 2019

($)

  

As of

March 31, 2023

($)

  

As of

March 31, 2022

($)

 

Claims receivable (1)

  374   404   951   368 

Non-current deposits

  24   18   27   - 

Non-current advances (2)

  212   456   25   569 

Total

  610   878   1,003   937 

 

(1)

The claims receivable is due from the Cochin International Airport (“CIA”) that is partially owned by the State Government of Kerala. As of March 31, 2020, the receivable is due for over one year. The Company continues to carry the full value of the receivables without interest and without any impairment, because it believes that there is minimal risk that CIA will become insolvent and unable to make the payment.different vendors. While the Company has initiated collection proceedings internally or with the appropriate authorities, it believes it will be difficult to receivereceiving the amount in the next 12 months will be challenging because of the time required for legal collection proceedings. The decrease inCompany decided to move advances paid to some suppliers worth approximately $164 thousand to claims receivable was mainly due to foreign exchange translation as a result of a decline in value of Indian Rupee. 

(2)

and advances, considering recovering might take more than 12 months. Includes a loan of $200$140 thousand owed to one of our manufacturers for the purchase of equipment at an annual interest rate of three percent (3%), due on April 1, 2021. The decrease is due to a provision for advances of $240 thousand in Fiscal 2020.purchase.

 

55

NOTE 9 LEASES

 

The Company has short-term leases primarily consisting of spaces with the remaining lease term being less than or equal to 12 months. The total short- term lease expense and cash paid for Fiscal 20202023 and 20192022 are approximately $206 thousand and $135 thousand, respectively.$178 thousand. The Company also has anfour operating leaseleases as onof March 31, 2020.2023.

 

America: In November 2019, the Company entered into an officea lease agreement with a lease a term of less than 12 months. This lease was amended in March 2020, with a new lease term from March 1, 2020, to November 30, 2025. The annual lease expense is approximately $123 thousand. The lease contract does not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. The weighted average remaining lease term for the operating lease is 5.67 year and2.7 years with a discount rate of 7%. The lease does not provide a readily determinable implicit rate. Therefore, the Company discountdiscounts lease payments based on an estimate of its incremental borrowing rate.

 

(in thousands)

Asia: The Company renewed three lease agreements for terms between three to four years, expiring between 2023 and 2024. The total annual lease expense is approximately $25 thousand. The lease contracts do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. The remaining lease term for the operating leases is between 1 - 1.7 years with a discount rate of 7%. The lease does not provide a readily determinable implicit rate. Therefore, the Company discounts lease payments based on an estimate of its incremental borrowing rate.

Year Ended

March 31, 2020

($)

Operating lease costs

10

Short term lease costs

206

Variable lease costs

-

Total lease costs

216

 

  

(in thousands)

Year Ended

March 31, 2023

($)

  

(in thousands)

Year Ended

March 31, 2022

($)

 

Operating lease costs

  148   149 

Short term lease costs

  178   178 

Total lease costs

  326   327 

Right of use assets and lease liabilities for our operating leases were recorded in the consolidated balance sheet as follows:

 

  

(in thousands)

  

(in thousands)

 
  

Year Ended

March 31, 2023

($)

  

Year Ended

March 31, 2022

($)

 

Assets

        

Operating lease asset

  326   450 

Total lease assets

  326   450 
         

Liabilities

        

Current liabilities:

        

Accrued liabilities and others (current portion – operating lease liability)

  133   123 

Noncurrent liabilities:

        

Operating lease liability (non-current portion – operating lease liability)

  207   341 

Total lease liability

  340   464 

Supplemental cash flow and non-cash information related to leases is as follows:

 

(in thousands)

Year Ended

March 31, 2023

($)

  

(in thousands)

Year Ended

March 31, 2022

($)

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

        

–Operating cash flows from operating leases

  118   109 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease obligations

  326   450 

(in thousands)

Year Ended

As of March 31, 2020

($)

Assets

Operating2023, the following table summarizes the maturity of our lease assetliabilities:

574

Total lease assets

574 
     

Liabilities

Current liabilities:

Accrued liabilities and others (current portion – operating lease liability) 

89

Noncurrent liabilities:

Operating lease liability (non-current portion – operating lease liability) 

485

Total lease liability

574

Supplemental cash flow and non-cash information related to leases is as follows:

(in thousands)

Year Ended

March 31, 2020

($)

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

 – Operating cash flows from operating leases

10

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease obligations

581

As of March 31, 2020, the following table summarizes the maturity of our lease liabilities:

Mar-21

116

Mar-22

119

Mar-23

122

Mar-24

  125151 

Mar-25

  128133 

Mar-26

  87 

Mar-27

-

Less: Present value discount

  (12331)

Total Lease liabilities

  574340 

 

NOTE 10 ACCRUED LIABILITIES AND OTHERS

  

(in thousands)

 
  

As of

March 31, 2023

($)

  

As of

March 31, 2022

($)

 

Compensation and other contributions

  619   1,054 

Provision for expenses

  258   103 

Short-term lease liability

  133   123 

Other current liability

  358   180 

Total

  1,368   1,460 

Compensation and other contribution-related liabilities consist of accrued salaries to employees. In addition, provision for expenses includes provision for legal, professional, and marketing expenses. Other current liability also includes statutory payables of approximately $31 thousand and 55 thousand as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, respectively, and approximately $3 thousand of short-term loans as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, respectively.

56
65

 

NOTE 11 10 – ACCRUED LIABILITIES AND OTHERS

  

(in thousands)

 
  

As of

March 31, 2020

($)

  

As of

March 31, 2019

($)

 

Salaries and other contribution

  424   115 

Provision for expenses 

  412   355 

Other current liability

  298   39 

Total

  1,134   509 

Salaries and other contribution related liabilities consist of accrued salaries to employees. Provision for expenses include provision for legal, professional, and marketing expenses, including a provision of $200 thousand for the lawsuit as discussed in Note 12, Commitments and contingencies. Other current liability also includes $89 thousand of current operating lease liability in Fiscal 2020 and statutory payables of approximately $27 thousand and $4 thousand as of March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

NOTE 11 LOANS AND OTHER LIABILITIES

 

Short-term loan:Loan as of March 31, 2023:

 

As of March 31,On June 11, 2020, the Company had one secured loan of $50received an Economic Injury Disaster Loan (EIDL) for approximately $150 thousand at an annual interest rate of 15%3.75%. The Company must pay principal and interest payments of $731 every month beginning June 5, 2021. The SBA will apply each installment payment first to pay interest accrued to the day SBA receives the payment and will then apply any remaining balance to reduce principal. All remaining principal and accrued interest are due and payable 30 years from the date of the loan. For Fiscal 2023, the interest expense and principal payment for the EIDL were approximately $5 thousand and $3 thousand, respectively. As of March 31, 2023, approximately $141 thousand of the loan is classified as Long-term loans and approximately $3 thousand as Short-term loans.

 

Other Liability:

 

 

(in thousands) 

  

(in thousands)

 
 

As of March 31,

  

As of March 31,

 
 

2020

($)

  

2019

($)
  

2023

($)
  

2022

($)
 

Statutory reserve

  16   15   21   16 

Total

  16   15   21   16 

 

The statutory reserve is a gratuity reserve for employees in our subsidiaries in India.

 

NOTE 112 2 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

The Company may be involved in legal proceedings, claims, and assessments arising in the ordinary course of business. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties, and outcomes are not predictable with assurance. There are no such matters that are deemed material to the consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2020,2023, except as disclosed below.

As of March 31, 2020, several law firms have filed shareholder lawsuits, including three derivative suits (two of which have been consolidated), citing, among other things, the NYSE American delisting proceedings initiated in October 2018 (and overturned in February 2019)Item 3 – Legal Proceedings, and subsequent fall in share price. During the quarter ended September 30, 2019, the Company reached a preliminary agreement to resolve all derivative suits, subject to agreement on specific final terms of settlement and approval by the court. In January 2020, the Company and the named defendant directors and officers reached agreement with the plaintiffs in all pending derivative lawsuits on specific final terms of settlement, and all parties executed a mutually acceptable settlement agreement. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, which was filed with the Court as an exhibit to an Amended Consent Motion for Preliminary Approval of Derivative Settlement on April 30, 2020, the Company will adopt certain corporate governance modifications, and the derivative plaintiffs will receive $200,000.00 from the Company’s insurer to cover their attorneys’ fees and a nominal service award. The Company has created a provision for $200,000 as of March 31, 2020. On June 30, 2020, the Court held a hearing to evaluate the fairness and reasonableness of the settlement and to determine whether the settlement will be approved. On July 6, 2020, the Court entered an order formally and finally approving the settlement and resolving all pending derivative suits. For the current state of the consolidated Shareholder Class Action Litigation, please refer to Note 2119 - Subsequent Events.

 

In the U.S., we provide health insurance, life insurance, and a 401(k) plan wherein the Company matches up to 6% of the employee’s pre-tax contribution up to a maximum annual amount determined by the IRS. In accordance withaddition, under applicable Indian laws, the Company provides for gratuity, a defined benefit retirement plan (“Gratuity Plan”)(Gratuity Plan) covering certain categories of employees. The Gratuity Plan provides a lump sum payment to vested employees, at retirement or termination of employment, an amount based on the respective employee’s last drawn salary and the years of employment with the Company. In addition, employees receive benefits from a provident fund, a defined contribution plan. The employee and employer each make monthly contributions to the plan equal to 12% of the covered employee’s salary. The contribution is made to the Indian Government’s provident fund.

 

NOTE 113 3SECURITIES

 

As of March 31, 2020,2023, the Company was authorized to issue up to 150,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 39,320,11653,077,436 shares of common stock were issued and outstanding. The Company is also authorized to issue of up to 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. The Company has 11,672,178share, and no preferred shares were issued and outstanding public warrants (IGC: IW) to purchase 1,167,217 sharesas of common stock by surrendering 10 warrants and a payment of $5.00 in exchange for each share of common stock. We have 91,472 units outstanding that can be separated into common stock and warrants.

March 31, 2023. We have one security listed on the NYSE American: common stock, $.0001$0.0001 par value (ticker symbol: IGC). This security also trades on the Frankfurt, Stuttgart, and Berlin stock exchanges (ticker symbol: IGS1). We have redeemable warrants quoted on the OTC markets (ticker symbol: IGC.IW, CUSIP number 45408X118 expiring on March 8, 2021) to purchase

The Company also has 91,472 units outstanding that can be separated into common stock. The units are not listed on an exchange. Ten units may be separated into one share of common stock and 20 warrants (IGC: IW) which effectively allowsstock. The unit holders are requested to contact the holderCompany or our transfer agent, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust, to exercise the warrantsseparate their units into two shares of common stock.

 

NOTE 14 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We pay an affiliate of our CEO $4,500 per month for office space and certain general and administrative services, provided in Maryland, and $6,100 per month for facilities and services provided in the State of Washington. The payment for the facilities and services provided in the State of Washington ended on December 31, 2019.

NOTE 15 – STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

During Fiscal 2020, no stock options were granted under 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (“2018 ESOP Plan”). During Fiscal 2020, 252 thousand restricted share units, vesting over three years, were granted as inducement shares to employees. These inducement shares are not part of 2018 ESOP Plan.

On February 25, 2020,January 13, 2021, the Company filedentered into a Registration Statement on Form S-8Sales Agreement (the Agreement) with The Benchmark Company, LLC (Benchmark or the Sales Agent) pursuant to which registered 4 millionthe Sales Agent is acting as the Company’s sales agent with respect to the issuance and sale of up to $75,000,000 of the Company’s shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value of the Company issuable pursuant to the 2018 ESOP Plan, along with 2 million shares as a special grant of common stock to be issued,$0.0001 per share (the Shares), from time to time and atin an “at the Company’s Boardmarket” (ATM) offering as defined in Rule 415(a)(4) of Directors’ discretion, to current and new directors, officers, employees, and advisors,the Securities Act of 1933, as approved byamended (the Offering). During Fiscal 2023, the Company’s shareholders on January 7, 2020. The Company has granted 1,610raised approximately $103 thousand restricted stock and restricted stock units from the special grant fair valued at $521 thousand vesting between Fiscal 2021ATM, net of commission. The management may use these funds for working capital and 2022.capital expenditure requirements, along with clinical trials, share repurchases, debt repayments, investments, including but not limited to, mutual funds, treasury bonds, cryptocurrencies, and other asset classes.

NOTE 14 STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

 

As of March 31, 2020,2023, under both the Company’s previous 2008 and current 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plans:Plans, a total of 6,432,1278,412,627 shares of common stock have been issued to employees, non-employees, and advisors; 1.7advisors. In addition, 5.5 million restricted share units (RSUs) fair valued at $621 thousand$5.5 million with a weighted average value of $0.37$1 per share, have been granted; alonggranted but not yet issued from different Incentive Plans and Grants. This includes 2.9 million RSUs granted to employees and directors, which consists of a vesting schedule based entirely on the attainment either operational milestones (performance conditions) or market conditions, assuming continued employment either as an employee, or director with the Company. The performance based RSUs are accounted upon certification by the management confirming the probability of achievement of milestones. As of March 31, 2023, the management confirmed two milestones had been achieved, and the rest were probable to be achieved by March 31, 2027.

Additionally, options held by Advisorsadvisors and directors to purchase 160150 thousand shares of common stock fair valued at $65$69 thousand thatwith a weighted average of $0.46 per share, which have been granted but are to be issued over a vesting period, between Fiscal 20202022 and Fiscal 2024.2026. Options granted and issued before the vesting period are expensed when issued.

 

The options are fair valued using a Black-Scholes Pricing Model and market based RSU are valued based on lattice model with the following assumptions:

 

  

Granted in Fiscal 2020

  

Granted in Fiscal 2019

 

Expected life of options

 

5 years

  

5 years

 

Vested options

  100

%

  100

%

Risk free interest rate

  2.57

%

  0.70

%

Expected volatility

  249

%

  119.5

%

Expected dividend yield

 

Nil

  

Nil

 

  

Granted in

Fiscal 2023

  

Granted in

Fiscal 2022

 

Expected life of options

 

5 years

  

5 years

 

Vested options

  100

%

  100

%

Risk free interest rate

  3.49

%

  2.42

%

Expected volatility

  280

%

  282

%

Expected dividend yield

 

Nil

  

Nil

 

 

The expense associated with share-based payments to employees, directors, advisors, and contractors is allocated over the vesting or service period and recognized in the Selling, general and administrative expenses (including research and development). For Fiscal 2020,2023, the Company’s share-based expensecommon stock-based compensation and option-based expenseexpenses shown in general and administrative expenses and (including research and development) were $747 thousand and $23 thousand, respectively.

For Fiscal 2019, the share-based expense and option-based expense for employees and advisors were $515 thousand and $59 thousand, respectively, of which $515 thousand share-based expense and $48 thousand option-based expense related toSelling, general and administrative expenses (including research and development). was $2.8 million.

 

  

(in thousands)

 

Non-vested shares

 

Shares

(#)

  

Weighted average grant date fair value

($)

 

Non-vested shares as on March 31, 2019

  1,750   0.45 

Granted

  1,787   0.38 

Vested

  (1,686)  0.42 

Cancelled/Forfeited

  -   - 

Non-vested shares as on March 31, 2020

  1,851   0.40 

For Fiscal 2022, the Company’s common stock-based compensation and expenses shown in Selling, general and administrative expenses (including research and development) was $2.2 million.

 

  

(in thousands)

     

Options

 

Shares

(#)

  

Weighted average grant date fair value

($)

  

Weighted average exercise price

($)

 

Options outstanding as on March 31, 2019

  270   0.45   0.41 

Granted

  -       - 

Exercised

  (60)  0.45   0.30 

Cancelled/Forfeited

  (50)  0.58   0.60 

Options outstanding as on March 31, 2020

  160   0.40   0.39 

Non-vested shares

 

Shares

(in thousands)

(#)

  

Weighted average

grant date fair value

($)

 

Non-vested shares as of March 31, 2022

  5,283   1.17 

Granted

  1,615   0.43 

Vested

  (2,224)  1.01 

Cancelled/Forfeited

  (245)  0.77 

Non-vested shares as of March 31, 2023

  4,429   1.01 

Options

 

Shares

(in thousands)

(#)

  

Weighted average

grant date fair value

($)

  

Weighted average

exercise price

($)

 

Options outstanding as of March 31, 2022

  300   0.93   0.34 

Granted

  -   -   - 

Exercised

  -   -   - 

Cancelled/forfeited

  (150)  1.39   0.30 

Options outstanding as of March 31, 2023

  150   1.39   0.30 

                  

There was a combined unrecognized expense of $671 thousand$2.7 million related to non-vested shares and share options that the Company expects to be recognized over weighted averagea life of 1.32four years.

 

NOTE 115 6 FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

As of March 31, 2020,2023, the Company’s marketable securities consist of liquid funds, which have been classified as Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they have been valued using quoted prices in active markets. The increase in value of marketable securities is comprised of re-invested income of approximately $86 thousand and approximately $4 thousand unrealized gain during Fiscal 2020. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents have also been classified as Level 1 on the same principle. Financial instruments are classified as current if they are expected to be liquidated within the next twelve months. The Company’s remaining investments have been classified as Level 3 instruments as there is little or no market data. Level 3 investments are valued using cost-method.the cost method. For further information refer Note 7, – Investments“Investments in Non-Marketable Securities.

 

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 20202023, and 2019,2022, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques the Company used to determine such fair value:

 

(in thousands)

  

Level 1

($)

  

Level 2

($)

  

Level 3

($)

  

Total

($)

 

March 31, 2020

                
                 

Cash and cash equivalents:

  7,258   -   -   7,258 

Total cash and cash equivalents

  7,258   -   -   7,258 
                 

Investments:

                

-Marketable securities

  5,081   -   -   5,081 

-Non-marketable securities  

  -   -   11   11 

Total Investments

  5,081   -   11   5,092 

  

Level 1

($)

  

Level 2

($)

  

Level 3

($)

  

Total

($)

 

March 31, 2019

                
                 

Cash and cash equivalents:

  25,610   -   -   25,610 

Total cash and cash equivalents

  25,610   -   -   25,610 
                 

Investments:

                

-Marketable securities

  -   -   -   - 

-Non-marketable securities

  -   -   794   794 

Total Investment

  -   -   794   794 

NOTE 17 – EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

 

In accordance with applicable Indian laws, the Company provides for gratuity, a defined benefit retirement plan (Gratuity Plan) covering certain categories of employees. The Gratuity Plan provides a lump sum payment to vested employees, at retirement or termination of employment, an amount based on the respective employee’s last drawn salary and the years of employment with the Company.

  

Level 1

($)

  

Level 2

($)

  

Level 3

($)

  

Total

($)

 

March 31, 2023

                
                 

Cash and cash equivalents:

  3,196   -   -   3,196 

Total cash and cash equivalents

  3,196   -   -   3,196 
                 

Investments:

                

-Marketable securities

  154   -   -   154 

-Non-marketable securities

  -   -   -   - 

Total investments

  154   -   -   154 

 

  

(in thousands)

 
  

Year Ended March 31,

 
  

2020

($)
  

2019

($)

 

Projected Benefit Obligation (PBO) at the beginning of the year

  16   15 
Foreign exchange adjustment  (2)  - 

Service cost

  1   1 

interest cost

  1   1 

Benefits paid

  -   - 

Actuarial (gain)/loss

  -   (1

)

PBO at the end of the year

  16   16 
         

Funded status

  16   15 
  

Level 1

($)

  

Level 2

($)

  

Level 3

($)

  

Total

($)

 

March 31, 2022

                
                 

Cash and cash equivalents:

  10,460   -   -   10,460 

Total cash and cash equivalents

  10,460   -   -   10,460 
                 

Investments:

                

-Marketable securities

  -   -   -   - 

-Non-marketable securities

  -   -   -   - 

Total investment

  -   -   -   - 

 

60
68

 

Net gratuity cost for the years ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 included:

  

(in thousands)

 
  

Year Ended March 31,

 
  

2020

($)

  

2019

($)

 

Service cost

  1   1 

Interest cost

  1   1 

Expected return on plan assets

  (1)  (1

)

Actuarial (gain)/loss

  -   (1

)

Net gratuity cost

  1   - 

The weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine benefit obligations and net periodic gratuity cost are:

  

Year Ended March 31,

 
  

2020

  

2019

 

Discount rate

  7.25

%

  7.50

%

Rate of increase in compensation levels

  5

%

  7

%

The Company assesses these assumptions with its projected long-term plans of growth and prevalent industry standards.

The expected payout of the accumulated benefit obligation as of March 31 is as follows.

  

(in thousands)

 
  

As of March 31,

 
  

2020

($)

  

2019

($)

 

Expected contribution during the year ending Year 1

  1   5 

Expected benefit payments for the years ending March 31:

        

Year 2

  8   2 

Year 3

  2   0.5 

Year 4

  1   4 

Year 5

  -   0.3 

Thereafter

  5   6 

Provident fund.In addition to the above benefits, all employees in India receive benefits from a provident fund, a defined contribution plan. The employee and employer each make monthly contributions to the plan equal to 12% of the covered employee’s salary. The contribution is made to the Government’s provident fund.

NOTE 116 8 INCOME TAXES

 

The Company calculates its provision for foreign and U.S. federal income taxes based on the current tax law. As the Company maintains a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets, there is no income tax expense recorded related to this change other than the Federal AMT credit which are refundable due to the passage of tax reform.

 

Due to the Company’s history of losses and uncertainty of future taxable income, a valuation allowance sufficient to fully offset net operating losses and other deferred tax assets has been established. The valuation allowance will be maintained until sufficient positive evidence exists to support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not necessary.

 

Income tax expense/(benefit) for each of the years ended March 31 consists of the following:

 

 

Year Ended March 31,

(in thousands)

  

Year Ended March 31,

(in thousands)

 

Income Tax Expense

                
 

2020

($)

  

2019

($)

  

2023

($)
  

2022

($)
 

Net Income Loss before tax

  (7,315)  (4,095)

Net income loss before tax

  (11,506)  (15,016)

Tax rate

  21%  21%  21

%

  21

%

                

Expected income tax recovery

  (1,536)  (860)  (2,416)  (3,153

)

Impact of tax rate differences in foreign jurisdictions

  (7)  -   (7)  - 

Tax rate changes and other adjustments

  (3,085)  860   (667)  (385

)

Permanent differences

  243   -   88   50 

Change in valuation allowance

  4,385   -   3,002   3,488 
  -   2   -   - 

 

The significant components of deferred income tax expense/(benefit) from operations before non-controlling interest for each of the years ended March 31 are approximated as following:

 

 

Year Ended March 31,

(in thousands)

  

Year Ended March 31,

(in thousands)

 
Deferred income taxes                
 

2020

($)

  

2019

($)

  

2023

($)
  

2022

($)
 
                

Net operating loss carry-forwards foreign

  618   -   137   149 

Non-capital loss carry-forwards – USA

  5,087   758 

Non-capital loss carry-forwards – U.S.

  12,888   10,487 

Temporary differences

  (562)  -   548   (66)
                

Net deferred tax asset

  5,143   758   13,573   10,570 

Valuation allowance

  (5,143)  (758)  (13,573)  (10,570)
  -   -   -   - 

 

 

The table below sets forth the details of expiration of the non-financial carried forward losses of the Company as of March 31, 20202023, as under:

 

Year

 

Amount

(in thousands)

($)

 

2022

  384 

2023

  36 

2024

  1,584 

2025

  51 

2026

  336 

2027

  3 

2028

  13 

2029

  49 

2030

  37 

2031

  3,081 

2032

  4,141 

2033

  627 

2034

  1,269 

2035

  1,735 

2036

  1,176 

2037

  819 

2038

  1,256 

2039

  4,131 

2040

  5,954 

Total

  26,682 

Year

 

Amount

(in thousands)

($)

 

 

 

 

 

 

2023

 

 

47

 

2024

  

309

 

2025

 

 

3

 

2026

 

 

12

 

2027

 

 

30

 

2028

 

 

14

 

2029

 

 

25

 

2030

 

 

141

 

2031

 

 

3,081

 

2032

 

 

4,141

 

2033

 

 

627

 

2034

 

 

1,269

 

2035

 

 

1,735

 

2036

 

 

1,176

 

2037

 

 

819

 

2038

 

 

1,256

 

2039

 

 

4,132

 

2040

 

 

7,932

 

2041

 

 

8,841

 

2042

 

 

14,966

 

2043

  

11,359

 

Total

 

 

61,915

 

 

Realization of deferred tax assets, including those related to net operating loss carryforwards, are dependent upon future earnings, if any, of which the timing and amount are uncertain. Accordingly, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. Based upon the Company’s current operating results management cannot conclude that it is more likely than not that such assets will be realized. The Company files income tax returns in India, Hong Kong, Colombia, and the U.S.

 

NOTE 117 9 REVENUE RECOGNITION

 

Revenue in the Infrastructure Businesssegment is recognized for the renting business when the equipment is rented, and the terms of the agreement hashave been fulfilled during the period. The revenue from the purchase and resale of physical infrastructure commodities is recognized once the bill of lading along with the invoice have been transferred to the customer. Revenue from the execution of infrastructure contracts is recognized on the basis of the output method as and when part of the performance obligation has been completed and approval from the contracting agency has been obtained after survey of the performance completion as of that date. In the Life Sciences segment, the revenue from the wellness and lifestyle business is recognized once goods have been sold to the customer and the performance obligation has been completed. We licenseIn retail sales, we offer consumer products through our products to processors. The royalty incomeonline stores. Revenue is recognized oncewhen control of the goods haveis transferred to the customer. This generally occurs upon our delivery to a third-party carrier or to the customer directly. Revenue from white label services is recognized when the performance obligation has been soldcompleted and output material has been transferred to its customer by the processor. customer.

Net sales disaggregated by significant products and services for Fiscal 20202023 and Fiscal 2019 were2022 are as follows:

 

(in thousands)

Year Ended March 31,

  

(in thousands)

Year ended March 31,

 
 

2020

($)

  

2019

($)

  

2023

($)
  

2022

($)
 

Infrastructure segment

                

Rental income (1)

  7   30   37   23 

Construction contracts (2)

  101   -   76   15 

Purchase and resale of physical commodities (3)

  3,553   5,061 
        
                

Life Sciences segment

                

Wellness and Lifestyle (4)

  386   25 

Tolling/White labeling service (5)

  25   - 

Wellness and lifestyle (3)

  416   316 

White labeling services (4)

  382   43 

Total

  4,072   5,116   911   397 

(1) Rental income consists of income from rental of heavy construction equipment.

(2) Construction income consists of the execution of contracts directly or through subcontractors. There was revenue of $101 thousand from the $1.1 million NHAI construction contracts during Fiscal 2020. The Company expects to complete the project 12 and 15 months.

(3) Relates to the incomeRevenue from purchasewellness and resalelifestyle consists of physical commodities used in infrastructure, like steel, wooden doors, marble, and tiles.

(4) Relates to revenue from Life Sciences segmentsale of products such as sale ofgummies, hand sanitizers, bath bombs, lotions, beverages, hemp crude extract, hemp isolate, and hemp distillate and royalty incomedistillate.

(4) Revenue from sale of Hyalolex™, now named Hyalolex™ Drops of Clarity™.

(5) Relates to income from tolling and white label services.services consists of rebranding our formulations or the customer’s products as per customer’s requirement.

 

NOTE 18 20 SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

FASB ASC No. 280, “Segment Reporting”Segment Reporting establishes standards for reporting information about reportable segments. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group (“CODM”)(CODM), in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The CODM evaluates revenues and gross profits based on product lines and routes to market. Based on our integration and Management strategies, we operate in two reportable segments: (i) Infrastructure segment and (ii) Life Sciences segment.

 

The Company’s CODM is the Company’s chief executive officer (“CEO”)Chief Executive Officer (CEO). The CEO reviews financial information presented on an operating segment basis for the purposes of making operating decisions and assessing financial performance. Therefore, and before our Life Sciences segment started, the Company had determined that it operated in a single operating and reportable segment. As of the date of this report and in preparation for the new and different source of revenue, the Company has determined that it operates in two operating and reportable segments: a)(a) Infrastructure Businesssegment and b)(b) Life Sciences segment. The Company does not include intercompany transfers between segments for managementManagement reporting purposes.

 

The following provides information required by ASC 280-10-50-38 “Entity-wide Information”:

 

1) The table below shows revenue reported by segment:

 

Product & Service

 

 

(in thousands)

  

(in thousands)

 

Segments

 

Fiscal 2020

($)

  

Percentage of

Total Revenue

(%)

  

Fiscal 2023

($)

  

Percentage of

Total Revenue

(%)

 
                

Infrastructure segment

  3,661   90

%

  113   12

%

Life Sciences segment

  411   10

%

  798   88

%

Total

  4,072   100

%

  911   100

%

 

  (in thousands) 

Segments

 

Fiscal 2019

($)

  

Percentage of

Total Revenue

(%)

 
         

Infrastructure segment

  5,091   99

%

Life Sciences segment

  25   1

%

Total

  5,116   100

%

  

(in thousands)

 

Segments

 

Fiscal 2022

($)

  

Percentage of

Total Revenue

(%)

 
         

Infrastructure segment

  38   9

%

Life Sciences segment

  359   91

%

Total

  397   100

%

 

For information for revenue by product and service, refer Note 19,17, “Revenue Recognition”.Recognition.”

 

2) The table below shows the revenue attributed to the country of domicile (U.S.) and foreign countries. Revenue is generally attributed to the geographic location of customers:

 

   

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Segments

 

Country

 

Fiscal 2020

($)

  

Percentage of

Total Revenue

(%)

 

 

Country

 

Fiscal 2023

($)

 

Percentage of

Total Revenue

(%)

 

          

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asia

 

(1) India

  108   3

%

 

India

 

113

 

12

%

America

 

U.S.

 

777

 

86

%

 

(2) Hong Kong

  3,553   87

%

 

Colombia

  

21

  

2

%

North America

 

 U.S.

  411   10

%

Total

Total

  4,072   100

%

Total

 

 

911

 

 

100

%

 

    

(in thousands)

 

 

Segments

 

Country

 

Fiscal 2019

($)

  

Percentage of

Total Revenue

(%)

 
           

Asia 

 

(1) India

  70   1

%

  

(2) Hong Kong

  5,021   98

%

North America

 

 U.S.

  25   1

%

Total

  5,116   100

%

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Segments

 

Country

 

Fiscal 2022

($)

 

 

Percentage of

Total Revenue

(%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asia

 

India

 

 

68

 

 

 

17

%

America

 

U.S.

 

 

329

 

 

 

83

%

Total

 

 

397

 

 

 

100

%

 

3) The table below shows the non-current assets other than financial instruments held in the country of domicile and foreign countries.

 

  

(in thousands)

 

 

Nature of Assets

 

USA

(Country of Domicile)

($)

  

Foreign Countries

(India, Hong Kong, and Colombia)

($)

  

Total as of March 31, 2020

($)

 

Intangible assets, net

  252   -   252 

Property, plant and equipment, net

  5,216   4,564   9,780 

Investments in unlisted securities

  -   11   11 

Claims and advances

  200   410   610 

Operating lease asset

  574   -   574 

Total non-current assets

  6,242   4,985   11,227 

  

(in thousands)

 

 

Nature of Assets

 

USA (Country of Domicile)

($)

  

Foreign Countries

(India Hong Kong and Colombia)

($)

  

Total as of March 31, 2019

($)

 

Intangible assets, net

  184   -   184 

Property, plant and equipment, net

  958   4,928   5,886 

Investments in unlisted securities

  773   21   794 

Claims and advances

  440   438   878 

Operating lease asset

  -   -   - 

Total non-current assets

  2,355   5,387   7,742 

NOTE 21– SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In January 2020, the Company entered into a binding agreement for the settlement of three (3) previously disclosed derivative lawsuits: Erny v. Mukunda, et al., Civil Action No. 1:18-cv-03698-DKC, filed in the United States District Court for the District of Maryland on November 30, 2018; Hamdan v. Mukunda, et al., Civil Action No. 8:19-cv-00493-DKC, filed in the United States District Court for the District of Maryland on February 20, 2019; and Patel v. Mukunda, et al., Civil Action No. 8:19-cv-01673-PWG, filed in the United States District Court for the District of Maryland on June 6, 2019. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, which was filed with the Court as an exhibit to an Amended Consent Motion for Preliminary Approval of Derivative Settlement on April 30, 2020, the Company will adopt certain corporate governance modifications, and the derivative plaintiffs will receive $200,000.00 from the Company’s insurer to cover their attorneys’ fees and a nominal service award. Shareholders were given notice of the proposed settlement through the Company’s filing of an SEC Form 8-K report, the issuance of a press release, publication in Investor’s Business Daily, and posting in the “Investors” section of the Company’s website, all of which were deemed by the court to constitute sufficient notice to shareholders of the settlement. Shareholders were given the opportunity to assert objections to the final settlement, and no objections were received by the parties to the derivative suit or filed with the court. On June 30, 2020, the Court held a hearing to evaluate the fairness and reasonableness of the settlement and to determine whether the settlement will be approved. On July 6, 2020, the Court entered an order formally and finally approving the settlement and resolving all pending derivative suits.

  

(in thousands)

 

Nature of Assets

 

U.S.

(Country of Domicile)

($)

  

Foreign Countries

(India, Hong Kong, and Colombia)

($)

  

Total as of March 31, 2023

($)

 

Intangible assets, net

  1,170   -   1,170 

Property, plant and equipment, net

  4,074   4,139   8,213 

Claims and advances

  585   418   1,003 

Operating lease asset

  298   28   326 

Total non-current assets

  6,127   4,585   10,712 

 

65
72

  

(in thousands)

 

Nature of Assets

 

U.S.

(Country of Domicile)

($)

  

Foreign Countries

(India Hong Kong and Colombia)

($)

  

Total as of March 31, 2022

($)

 

Intangible assets, net

  436   481   917 

Property, plant and equipment, net

  4,978   4,441   9,419 

Claims and advances

  550   387   937 

Operating lease asset

  396   54   450 

Total non-current assets

  6,360   5,363   11,723 

NOTE 19 SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

On May 3, 2020,June 30, 2023, the Company signed the Paycheck Protection Program Promissory Notesuccessfully obtained a working capital credit facility totaling $12 million and Agreementin addition sold 10,000,000 shares for a loan of approximately $430,000.$3,000,000. The Loan is established under the terms and conditions of the SBA program of the United States Small Business Administration (“SBA”)equity and the USA CARES Act (2020)(H.R. 748)(15 U.S.C 636 et seq.) (the “Act”)credit facility serve to minimize ongoing liquidity requirements and matures after 2 years on May 3, 2022, with monthly repayments of approximately $18,000 commencing November, 2020. On May 5, 2020,ensure the Company’s ability to sustain its operations. Furthermore, the Company also received Economic Injury Disaster Loan Emergency Advance for $10,000intends to raise additional funds through private placement and an Economic Injury Disaster Loan for approximately $150 thousand on June 11, 2020.

We continueATM offerings, subject to monitor the impact from restrictions imposed by the COVID-19 pandemic on our financial condition, liquidity, operations, suppliers, industry, and workforce. Revenue from the infrastructure segment continues to be adversely affected as we are unable to fully deploy our workforce. In response to the evolving circumstances, we adapted our facilities to manufacture, label, and distribute FDA-registered alcohol-based hand sanitizers and hand rubs. While there is a general lack of visibility, we anticipate drastically reduced revenue from Infrastructure, compensated by increased revenue in the Life Sciences segment based on the strategic positioning.market conditions.

 

66
73

ITEM 9 CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.There were no changes in and disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosures.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

There were no changes in and disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosures.

(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

 

Our Management maintains disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)Exchange Act) that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is processed, recorded, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC'sSEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to Management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer (our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, respectively), as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

Our Management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, carried outconducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that the information required to be disclosed in the reports filed or submitted by us under the Exchange Act was recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the requisite time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and that such information was accumulated and communicated to our Management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

((b) Managementbs annual report on internal control over financial reporting)

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness, as of March 31, 2023, of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in 2013 Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation under this framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2023.

(c) Changes in internal control over financial reporting

 

Our Management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, evaluated our “internal control over financial reporting” as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) to determine whether any changes in our internal control over financial reporting occurred during Fiscal 2020,2023, that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Based on that evaluation, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during Fiscal 2020,2023 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reportingreporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

As previously disclosed in a Form 8-K filed on May 13, 2020 (the “Form 8-K”), the Company entered into a Share Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) on May 11, 2020 to acquire the remaining 80% of Evolve 1, Inc., a Washington corporation (“Evolve”) that the Company did not own. While the Form 8-K was filed under both Item 1.01-- Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement and Item 2.01-- Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets, as indicated in the Form 8-K, the closing of the Agreement is subject to certain closing conditions and accordingly the reference to Item 2.01-- Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets was inadvertent. While there can be no assurance, the Company believes the closing of the acquisition will occur in the second quarter of Fiscal 2021.

 

None.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not Applicable.

67
74

 

PART III

ItemITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

Information about our executiveexecutive officers, and directors

 

The names, ages, and positions of our executive officers and directors as of March 31, 20202023, were as follows:

 

Name

 

Positions

 

Age

 

 

Director Since

 

 

Term will Expire

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ram Mukunda

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Class C director)

 

61

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Richard Prins

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors (Class B director)

 

63

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sudhakar Shenoy

 

Director (Class A director)

 

71

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claudia Grimaldi

 

Vice-President and Principal Financial Officer

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rohit Goel

 

Manager & Principal Accounting Officer

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

Class

 

Age

 

Position

 

Director Since

 

Term will Expire

Ram Mukunda

 

C

 

64

 

President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director

 

2005

 

2025

Richard Prins

 

B

 

66

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

2007

 

2024

James Moran

 

C

 

78

 

Director

 

2022

 

2025

Claudia Grimaldi

 

A

 

52

 

Vice President, Principal Financial Officer, Chief Compliance Officer, and Director

 

2022

 

2023

 

The principal occupations for the past five years (and, in some instances, for prior years) of each of our executive officers and directors are as follows:

 

Ram Mukunda has served as Director, CEO and President since April 29, 2005. He is responsible for general management and, over the past sixnine years, has been largely responsible for the Company’s strategy and positioning in the medical cannabinoids and pharmaceutical industry. He has been the chief-inventorchief inventor and architect of allmost of the Company’s patent filings, by the Company, and the thrust into R&D and medical trials, which support the Company’s desire to bring low costlow-cost medications that address diseases and ailments that affect mankind.humankind. Prior to IGC, from January 1990 to May 2004, Mr. Mukunda served as Founder and CEO of Startec Global Communications, thatwhich he took public in 1997 on NASDAQ. Prior to Startec, he served as Strategic Planning Advisor at Intelsat, a communications satellite services provider and prior to that worked in the bond market for a boutique firm on Wall Street. Mr. Mukunda serves as an Emeritus member on the Board of Visitors at the University of Maryland, School of Engineering. From 2001 to 2003, he was a Council Member at Harvard’s Kennedy School of Government, Belfer Center of Science and International Affairs. Mr. Mukunda is the recipient of several awards including, among others, the 2013 University of Maryland’s International Alumnus of the year award, the 2001 Distinguished Engineering Alumnus Award, the 1998 Ernst & Young, LLP’s Entrepreneur of the Year Award. He holds a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering, a B.S degree in Mathematics, and a M.S. in Engineering from the University of Maryland. Mr. Mukunda has traveled extensively, and managed companies in Europe and Asia. He has over 20 years of experience managing public companies and has acquired and integrated over 20 companies. His in-depth business experience in the medical cannabinoids industry, his knowledge of U.S. capital markets, capital structuring, international joint ventures, and broad science and engineering background make him well qualified to serve as a director of our Company.

 

Richard Prins has been our Chairman, Audit Committee and AuditCompensation Committee Chairman since 2012 and has served as aan Independent Director since May 2007. Mr. Prins has extensive experience in private equity investing and investment banking. From March 1996 to 2008, he was the Director of Investment Banking at Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated (FBW). Mr. Prins served in a consulting role tofor RBC until January 2009. Mr. Prins currently serves on one other board, volunteers full time with a non-profit organization, Advancing Native Missions, and is a private investor. Since February 2003, he has been on the board of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Mr. Prins holds a B.A. degree from Colgate University and an M.B.A. from Oral Roberts University. Mr. Prins has substantial knowledge and experience with U.S. capital markets, has served on and chaired audit and compensation committees of boards, has extensive experience in finance, accounting, and internal controls over financial reporting. His knowledge of the pharmaceutical industry and experience with U.S. capital markets make him well qualified to serve as a director of our Company.

 

James Moran (Congressman Moran) hasserved on the Board as an Independent Director since January 2022. He served on Virginia’s 8th Congressional District for 24 years, where he was known as a “Problem Solver.” Throughout his tenure, he demonstrated bipartisan leadership and worked across the aisle to find common ground to resolve complex issues. He served on the Appropriation, Banking and Finance and Budget committees. He played a leadership role in the areas of defense, health, and the environment. During his 24 years in Congress, Congressman Moran was recognized as a champion of innovative research and development in areas including healthcare and national security, environmental protection and sustainability, and international trade and fiscal responsibility. He rose to senior leadership on the Appropriations Committee enabling him to bring billions of dollars into his Northern Virginia communities of Alexandria, Arlington, and Fairfax County. Having retired after 35 years in elected office, Congressman Moran is now with a major law firm and represents international and domestic clients in the defense, technology, entertainment, and international diplomacy sectors. He also serves in leadership roles for several non-profit foundations and is also a member of the Government Blockchain Association. Congressman Moran received a Master’s Degree in Public Administration from the University of Pittsburgh Graduate School of Public and International Affairs and a Bachelors in Economics from the College of the Holy Cross.

68
75

 

Sudhakar Shenoy has been our Compensation Committee Chairman sinceCongressman Moran introduced the AUTISM Educators Act in 2012, which funded partnerships between public schools and has servedhigher education and non-profit organizations to promote teaching skills for educators working with high functioning autism students. He understands that treatment and education for conditions such as Autism and Alzheimer’s disease have the potential to positively impact millions of lives. With his extensive experience in Congress and as a Director since the inception ofpolicy advisor on topics including health, technology, and education, we are confident Congressman Moran will be a great asset to IGC in May 2005. Mr. Shenoy is the Chairman and CEO of Reston, Virginia based Alyx Technologies, Inc.,especially at a business solutions and technology provider with operations in the U.S. and India. He was a member of the Non-Resident Indian Advisory Grouptime when we pursue Phase 2/3 human trials on IGC- AD1 on individuals that advised the former Prime Minister of India on strategies for attracting foreign direct investment. He was selected for the U.S. Presidential Trade and Development Mission to India in 1995. Mr. Shenoy was inducted into the Alumni Hall of Fame at the University of Connecticut School of Business and the School of Engineering. He was recognized as a Distinguished Alumnus of the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) in Bombay, India in 1997. Shenoy has been named one of the Most Influential People in Washington, D.C. high tech industry as well as being awarded the 2004 Executive of the Year by the Northern Virginia Government Contractors Council. He holds a B. Tech (Hons.) in electrical engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology and an M.S. in Electrical Engineering and an M.B.A. from the University of Connecticut Schools of Engineering and Business Administration, respectively. Mr. Shenoy’shave Alzheimer’s disease. Congressman Moran’s extensive business contacts and his experience serving on the boards of public and private companies in the U.S. makemakes him well qualified to serve as a director of our Company.

 

On December 27, 2022, the Board of Directors appointed Mr. James Moran as a member of both the Company’s Audit and Compensation Committee, effective immediately.

Claudia Grimaldi, Vice-president, PFO, Chief Compliance Officer, and PFO,Director is responsible for managing the accounting and finance teams in various countries and is responsible for ensuring timely and accurate statutory and regulatory compliance (SEC, FINRA, NYSE, IRS, XETRA 2, among others). In addition, she is responsible for building and managing an international team of doctors, scientists, and advisors that conduct and manage pre-clinical and FDA registered trials focused on Alzheimer’s disease. She is also responsible for relationships with partners that provide, among others, animal studies, cannabinoids, and software for AI. She has more than tenthirteen (13) years of experience with SEC filings, regulatory compliance, and disclosures, having held increasing responsibilities first as Manager of financial reporting and compliance from May 2011 to 2013 and then as then as General Manager financial reporting and compliance from 2013 to May 2018. She also serves as a Director/Manager for some of our subsidiaries. Ms. Grimaldi graduated summa cum laude from Javeriana University, a top five university in Colombia, with a Bachelor of Arts in Psychology. She holds an MBA in General Management, graduating with Highest Honors, from Meredith College, in North Carolina. She is a member of Delta Mu Delta International Honor Society. She has also completed Executive Education courses on SEC compliance, finance from UVA, and corporate governance from the Columbia Business School. In addition, she has attended the Darden School of Business Financial Management Executives program at the University of Virginia, and SEC reporting and compliance seminars. Currently she is pursuing her Directorship Certification with the National Association of Corporate Directors (NACD). She is also fluent in both English and Spanish.

 

Rohit GoelOn March 23, 2022, the Board of Directors of the Company appointed Ms. Claudia Grimaldi to serve on the Board as a non-independent director Class A until the Company’s 2023 annual meeting of stockholders upon the election and qualification of successor directors, her earlier death, resignation, or removal. Ms. Grimaldi brings a wealth of experience and qualifications that make her an excellent fit for the board. Ms. Grimaldi’s experience with SEC filing procedures is invaluable in ensuring regulatory compliance and transparency within our public company. Additionally, her in-depth understanding of Colombia, South America-where our company has beeninvested in human capital provides valuable insights into the market dynamics, cultural nuances, and business opportunities within the region. Her SEC filing experience, understanding of Colombia, qualifications in business administration, and general business acumen makes her qualified to serve as a director of our Principal Accounting Officer (PAO) since September 2017. As the PAO, he is responsible for all accounting matters relating to the Company. His previous experience includes leading USGAAP audit teams and leading or assisting in the statutory audit of limited and private companies in various industries including telecom, stock brokerage, manufacturing, education, banking, and digital marketing.

 

Executive officers are appointed by our Board of Directors. Each executive officer holds his or her office until he or she resigns or is removed by the Board or his or her successor is elected and qualified. All directors hold office until the annual meeting of the stockholders in the year set forth above in the table and until their successors have been duly elected or qualified. There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers or directors. For information on legal proceedings against the Company or its officers and executive directors, please refer to Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

 

Board of directors and independence

 

Our Board of Directors is divided into three classes (Class A, Class B, and Class C) with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class serving a three-year term. The term of office of the Class A director, consisting of Sudhakar Shenoy,Claudia Grimaldi, will expire at the 20202023 annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the Class B director, currently consisting of Richard Prins, will expire at the 20212024 annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the Class C director, currently consisting of Ram Mukunda and James Moran, will expire at the 20222025 annual meeting of stockholders. These individuals have played a key role in identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, selecting the target businesses, and structuring, negotiating and consummating acquisitions.

 

The NYSE American, upon which our shares are listed, requires the majority of our Board, or in the case of a smaller reporting Company at least 50% of our Board, to be “independent.” The NYSE American listing standards define an “independent director” generally as a person, other than an officer or an employee of the company,Company, who does not have a relationship with the companyCompany that would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment. Consistent with these standards, the Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Prins and ShenoyMoran are independent directors.

 

Board leadership structure

 

The Board believes its current leadership structure best serves the objectives of the Board’s oversight of management, the Board’s ability to carry out its roles and responsibilities on behalf of IGC’s shareholders, and IGC’s overall corporate governance. The Board also believes that the separation of the Chairman and CEO roles allows the CEO to focus his time and energy on operating and managing IGC, while leveraging the Chairman’s experience and perspectives. The Board periodically reviews its leadership structure to determine whether it continues to best serve IGC and its shareholders.

 

Board oversight of risk management

 

The Board is responsible for overseeing the major risks facing the Company, while management is responsible for assessing and mitigating the Company’s risks on a day-to-day basis. The Board has designated the Audit Committee with the responsibility for overseeing enterprise risk management. The Audit Committee discusses the steps management has taken to monitor and mitigate these risks, if any. In establishing and reviewing IGC’s executive compensation, the Compensation Committee considers whether the compensation program is focused on long-term shareholder value creation and whether it encourage short-term risk taking at the expense of long-term results. The Compensation Committee has also reviewed IGC’s compensation program and has concluded that these programs do not create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on IGC. Other Board committees also consider risks within their areas of responsibility and apprise the Board of significant risks and management’s response to those risks.

 

Audit committee

 

Our Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee, currently composed of two independent directors who report to the Board of Directors. Messrs. Prins and Shenoy,Moran, each of whom is an independent director under the NYSE American listing standards, serve as members of our Audit Committee. Mr. Prins is the Chairman of our Audit Committee. In addition, we have determined that Messrs. Prins and ShenoyMoran are “audit committee financial experts,” as that term is defined under Item 407 of Regulation S-K. The Audit Committee is responsible for meeting with our independent accountants regarding, among other issues, audits and the adequacy of our accounting and control systems. The audit committee charter is followed by the committee.

 

Compensation committee

 

Our Board of Directors has established a Compensation Committee composed of two independent directors, Messrs. ShenoyMoran, and Prins. Mr. ShenoyPrins is the current Chairman of our Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee’s purpose is to review and approve the compensation paid to our officers and directors and to administer our 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan. As per the compensation committee charter, candidate experience, knowledge, and performance are used to evaluate the candidate. The compensation is accordingly decided for the candidate as per the industry standards.

 

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

 

Our Compensation Committee is comprised of two independent members of the Board of Directors, Richard Prins, and Sudhakar Shenoy.James Moran. No executive officer of the Company served as a director or member of the compensation committeeCompensation Committee of any other entity.

The Compensation Committee was responsible for determining executive compensation and the award of stock, and stock options to employees, advisors, and directors during Fiscal 2020.2023. No consultants were used by the Compensation Committee during this fiscal.fiscal year.

 

Nominating and corporate governance committee

 

In the future, we intend to establish a nominating and corporate governance committee. The primary purpose of the nominating and corporate governance committee will be to identify individuals qualified to become directors, recommend to the Board of Directors the candidates for election by stockholders or appointment by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy, recommend to the Board of Directors the composition and chairs of Board of Directors committees, develop and recommend to the Board of Directors guidelines for effective corporate governance, and lead an annual review of the performance of the Board of Directors and each of its committees. We do not have any formal process for stockholders to nominate a director for election to our Board of Directors. Currently, nominations are selected or recommended by a majority of the independent directors as stated in Section 804(a) of the NYSE American Company Guide. Since the Company is a small reporting company with limited officers and directors, the committee currently does not have a nomination committee charter. The Board of Director nominations occur by either selection or recommendation of a majority of the independent directors.

 

70
77

 

Disclosure Committee

 

The CEO and the PFO supervise and oversee the Disclosure Committee. The Board has appointed Mr. Richard Prins as the Chairperson of the Disclosure Committee. The Disclosure Committee’s responsibilities are to design, implement and regularly evaluate the Company’s internal controls and procedures, to ensure that the company provides the stakeholders, including the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), security holders, and the investment community, disclosures that comply with regulations and other compliance obligations. The Disclosure Committee will review all required material and relevant reports related to disclosure statements, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, press releases, and social media containing financial information and other related public documents. The Disclosure Committee meets not less than once per quarter and reviews and reassess the adequacy of the Disclosure Committee’s Charter at least annually.

 

Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

The Audit Committee will at all times be composed exclusively of “independent directors” who are “financially literate,” as defined under the NYSE American listing standards, who understand the audit committee functions. The NYSE American’s listing standards define “financially literate” as being able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including a company’s balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement. In addition, we must certify to the NYSE American that the Audit Committee has, and will continue to have, at least one member who has past employment experience in finance, or accounting, or auditing, requisite professional certification in accounting, or other comparable experience or background that results in the individual’s financial sophistication, along with understanding of internal control over financial reporting. The Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Prins and ShenoyMoran satisfy the NYSE American’s definition of financial sophistication and qualify as “audit committee financial experts,” as defined under rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

Board and committee meetings

 

During Fiscal 2020,2023, there were thirteenfive (5) Board meetings, sevenfive (5) meetings of the Audit Committee and fourtwo (2) Compensation Committee meetings, all of which were attended, either in person or telephonically, by all our directors of the Board and all of the members of the committees, respectively.

 

Communications with the Board

 

Any matter intended for the Board, or any individual member of the Board, should be directed to Investor Relations at the Company’s principal executive office, with a request to forward the communication to the intended recipient. In general, any shareholder communication delivered to the Company for forwarding to Board members will be forwarded in accordance with the shareholder’s instructions. However, the Company reserves the right not to forward to Board members any abusive, threatening, or otherwise inappropriate materials.

 

Indemnification agreements

 

We are party to indemnification agreements with each of the executive officers and directors. Such indemnification agreements require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted by law. Under the terms of the indemnification agreements, we intend to agree to indemnify our officers and directors against expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, or other amounts actually and reasonably incurred by the independent director in connection with any proceeding if the officer or director acted in good faith and did not derive an improper personal benefit from the transaction or occurrence that is the basis of the proceeding.

 

Annual meeting attendance

 

We do not have a formal policy requiring directors to attend stockholder meetings, but we encourage members of the Board of Directors to attend the annual meeting of stockholders. All directors, either in person or telephonically, attended the 20192022 annual shareholdersshareholders' meeting. We have a formal policy requiring the members of our Board of Directors to attend annual stockholder meetings in person or by telephone or video conference.

 

71
78

 

Corporate governance, code of conduct, and ethics

 

A code of business conduct and ethics is a written standard designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote (a) honest and ethical conduct, (b) full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in regulatory filings and public statements, (c) compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations, (d) the prompt reporting violation of the code and (e) accountability for adherence to the code. The Company has adopted a written code of ethics (the “Code of Ethics”) that applies to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and senior financial officers, including the Company’s Principal Accounting Officer, Controller, and persons performing similar functions (collectively, the “Senior Financial Officers”), in accordance with applicable federal securities laws and the rules of the NYSE American, and to all employees. Investors or any other person may view our Code of Ethics free of charge on the corporate governance subsection of the investor relations portion of our website at www.igcinc.us. The Company has established separate audit and compensation committees that are described elsewhere in this report. The Company does not have a separate nominating committee. Accordingly, Board of Director nominations occur by either selection or recommendation of a majority of the independent directors.

 

All our data, except accounting data, is stored in the cloud on multiple servers, thatwhich helps us mitigate the overall risk of losing data. As part of corporate governance, we also have a cybersecurity policy that employees are required to comply with to safeguard their systems from cyber-attacks.

 

Delinquent Section 16(a) reports

 

Section 16(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires our officers, directors, and beneficial owners of more than 10% of our equity securities to timely file certain reports regarding ownership of and transactions in our securities with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Copies of the required filings must also be furnished to us. Section 16(a) compliance was required during Fiscal 2020.2023. Based solely on a review of Forms 3, 4, and 5 and amendments thereto furnished to us pursuant to Rule 16a-3(e) under the Exchange Act, we believe that Fiscal 2020’s2023’s filing requirements under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act have been satisfied. satisfied, except for (1) a Form 4 reporting four transactions by Ram Mukunda filed with the SEC on June 28, 2022, (2) a Form 4 reporting three transactions by Claudia Grimaldi filed with the SEC June 28, 2022, (3) a Form 4 reporting three transactions by John Lynch filed with the SEC on June 28, 2022 and (4) a Form 4 reporting three transactions by Richard K. Prins filed with the SEC on June 28, 2022.

ItemITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Compensation for executive officers of the Company

 

The following table sets forth information concerning all cash and non-cash compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to (i) Allall individuals serving as the smaller reporting company'scompany’s principal executive officer or acting in a similar capacity during the last completed fiscal year (PEO), regardless of compensation level; (ii) Thethe smaller reporting company'scompany’s two most highly compensated executive officers other than the PEO who were serving as executive officers at the end of the last completed fiscal;fiscal year and whose compensation exceeded $100,000 a year; and (iii) Upup to two additional individuals for whom disclosure would have been provided pursuant to paragraph (ii) but for the fact that the individual was not serving as an executive officer of the smaller reporting company at the end of the last completed fiscal.fiscal year.

 

Summary Compensation Table

(in thousands)

 

Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary

($)

  

Bonus

($)

  

Stock Award (1)

($)

  

Other compensation (4)

($)

  

Total Compensation

($)

 

Ram Mukunda (2)

 

2020

  300   200   210   9   719 

President and CEO

 

2019

  300   100   277   35   712 
                       

Claudia Grimaldi (3)

 

2020

  150   110   60   1   321 

Vice President, PFO

 

2019

  145   -   139   13   297 

Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary

($)

  

Bonus

($)

  

Stock Awards (2)

($)

  

Other compensation (3)

($)

  

Total Compensation

($)

 

Ram Mukunda

 

2023

  360   300   301   45   1,006 

President and CEO

 

2022

  320   200   4,974   53   5,547 
                       

Claudia Grimaldi

 

2023

  150   75   75   20   320 

Vice President, CCO, and PFO

 

2022

  150   75   516   20   761 

 

(1)

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, the Company owes approximately $92 thousand to Mr. Ram Mukunda and $135 thousand to Ms. Claudia Grimaldi.

(2)

The Stock Award amounts reportedAwards represent the fair value of stock awards to the named executive officer as computed using the closing price forat the day of grant. The Stock Awards include vested and unvested grants of stock awards as reflected in the issuance was granted.

(2)

The Company owestable titled “Stock Awards at Fiscal Year End.” In Fiscal 2022, they also include two categories of Stock Awards that are set out in the CEO approximately $6 thousand astables titled “Performance Based Stock Awards” and “Market Price Based Stock Awards,”. As of March 31, 2020. The 2020 stock award vests over one year. We pay an affiliate of our CEO $4,500 per month for office space and certain general and administrative services, provided in Maryland, and through December 2019, we paid $6,100 per month for facilities and services provided in Washington State. These amounts are not intended as compensation to our CEO and therefore not included in the table.2023, 1 million Performance Stock Awards were issued.

(3)

Ms. Grimaldi serves as Vice president and Principal Financial Officer. The Company owes the PFO approximately $6 thousand as of March 31, 2020.

(4)

Includes life insurance.insurance, 401 (k) contribution, and health insurance(s).

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal End

Compensation to Directors

(in thousands)

 

Name

 

Number of

shares or units

of stock that

have not vested (#)

  

Market value of

shares of units of

stock that have

not vested ($)

 

Ram Mukunda

  700   210 

Claudia Grimaldi

  200   60 

Compensation of Directors

(in thousands)

The following table shows, information regardingfor fiscal 2023, the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid during Fiscal 2020 to non-employee directors who served on the Board during the fiscal year. The compensation paid to Mr. Mukunda is shown in the table entitled “Summary Compensation Table

Name

 

Stock

awards

($)

  

Total

Compensation

($)

 

Sudhakar Shenoy

  38   38 
         

Richard Prins

  75   75 

 

Name

 

Number of

Stock Awards

  

Total

Compensation

($)

 

Richard Prins

  175   75 

James Moran

  100   43 
73

 

(1)

The Total Compensation represents the fair value of stock awards to the named director as computed using the closing price at the day of grant. The Stock Awards include vested and unvested grants of stock awards as reflected in the table titled “Stock Awards at Fiscal Year End.”  

No cash

The following table shows, for fiscal 2022, the compensation was awarded to, earned by, or paid to non-employee directors who served on the directors Board during the fiscal year.

Name

 

Number of Stock

Awards

  

Total

Compensation

($)

 

Richard Prins

  800   977 

James Moran

  150   147 

(1)

The Total Compensation represents the fair value of stock awards to the named director as computed using the closing price at the day of grant. The Stock Awards include vested and unvested grants of stock awards. They also include two categories of Stock Awards that are set out in the tables titled “Performance Based Stock Awards” and “Market Price Based Stock Awards,” neither of these categories of Stock Awards vested as of March 31, 2022.

Stock Awards at Fiscal Year End

(in Fiscal 2020 for service as directors. All compensation paid to our employee director is set forth in the tables summarizing executive officer compensation above. thousands)

Name

 

Number of

unvested Stock Awards (#)

 

 

Value of unvested

Stock Awards ($)

 

 

Value of vested

Stock Awards in Fiscal Year ($)

 

 

Total Value of

Stock Awards ($)

 

Ram Mukunda

 

 

3,200

   

3,352

   

1,460

   

4,812

 

Claudia Grimaldi

 

 

312

   

292

   

182

   

474

 

Richard Prins

 

 

592

   

609

   

304

   

913

 

James Moran

 

 

117

   

78

   

63

   

141

 

The stock awards column reflectsStock Awards reflect the grant date fair value, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation (formerly Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123R) for awards pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive program.

Included in the tables above are two categories of Stock Awards: (i) performance-based stock awards that are based on achieving milestones in the area of drug development; and (ii) market price-based awards, based on advancing the IGC stock price. Both categories are set out in the two tables titled “Performance Based Stock Awards” and “Market Price Based Stock Awards.”

Performance Based Stock Awards

Performance based Stock Awards

These vest when milestones are met

Milestones

Total Stock Awards

Comments

Successful filing of IGC-AD1 protocol for Phase 2

750,000

Including the removal of any initial clinical holds

Commencement of IGC-AD1 Phase 2 trial

250,000

Including selection of sites

Completion of IGC-AD1 Phase 2 trial

300,782

Completion of trial and closing of data

Filing of Clinical Research Report (CSR) on Phase 2

180,469

Analysis of data and filing of CSR with the FDA

Successful filing of IGC-AD1 protocol for Phase 3

1,203,125

Including the removal of any initial clinical holds

Total performance-based Stock Awards

2,684,376

The total vests at the commencement of Phase 3, or commercialization of IGC-AD1 based on alternate FDA pathways, or the sale of IGC-AD1. All Stock Awards vest in the event of a change of control

Market Based Stock Awards

Market based Stock Awards

These vest when a target is met

Targets

Total Stock Awards

Comments

IGC stock price at $2.5 or more

180,469

Average closing price over five consecutive trading days

IGC stock price of $3.5 or more

421,094

Average closing price over five consecutive trading days

IGC stock price of $5 or more

601,563

Average closing price over five consecutive trading days

Total Market based Stock Awards for the advancement of IGC stock price

1,203,126

All Stock Awards vest in the event of a change of control

The grant dateCompany believes that as of March 31, 2023, all Stock Awards are probable. As of March 31, 2023, 1 million Performance based Stock Awards were issued.

The assumptions used in calculating fair value for RSUs and restricted stock is measuredamortization schedule based on the closing priceprobability of IGC’s common stock on the date of grant. No options are issuedachieving milestones and outstanding to our Directors.

Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts for Fiscal 2020targets are included in Note 15,14, “Stock-Based Compensation” to the Company’s audited financial statements for Fiscal 2020,2023, included in this report. The Company cautions that the amounts reported in the Director Compensation Table for these awards may not represent the amounts that the directors will actually realize from the awards. Whether, and to what extent, a directoran individual realizes value will depend on the Company’s actual operating performance and stock price fluctuations.

 

Employment contracts

 

Ram Mukunda has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of our Company since its inception. On July 14, 2014,November 18, 2021, the Company, IGC-Mauritius (“IGC-M”), and Mr. Mukunda entered into the 20142021 CEO Employment Agreement.Agreement that expires on November 17, 2026. Pursuant to the 20142021 CEO Employment Agreement which is effective until July 2020, we pay Mr. Mukunda a base salary of $300,000$360,000 per year. Mr. Mukunda’s employment agreement has been extended again for an additional year to July 2021. The Employment Agreement provides that the Board of Directors of our Company may review and update the targets and amounts for the net revenue and salary and contract bonuses on an annual basis. Mr. Mukunda is entitled to benefits, including insurance, participation in company-wide 401(k), reimbursement of business expenses, 20 days of annual paid vacation, sick leave, domestic help, driver, cook and a car (subject to partial reimbursement by Mr. Mukunda of rental payments for the car and reimbursement of business expenses). In the event of termination without cause, including a change of control, we would be required to pay Mr. Mukunda 1.5 times the average of the total compensation as disclosed in the previous two 10-K filings prior to termination. In addition, all unvested shares would be subject to immediate vesting.

 

Claudia Grimaldi has served as Vice President, and Principal Financial Officer, Chief Compliance Officer, and Director of the Companyour subsidiaries since May 9, 2018. On June 14, 2019,May 5, 2023, the Company and Ms. Grimaldi entered into an Employment Agreement that expires on May 8, 2028 (the 2023 (the “2019 Employment Agreement”)Agreement). Pursuant to the Employment Agreement, we pay Ms. Grimaldi a base salary of $150,000$200,000 per year. The Employment Agreement provides that the Company may review and update performance targets and contract bonuses on an annual basis. Ms. Grimaldi is entitled to benefits, including insurance, participation in company-wide 401(k), reimbursement of business expenses, 20 days of annual paid vacation, sick leave, and a car (subject to partial reimbursement by Ms. Grimaldi of rental payments for the car).

The term of both the 2014 and 2019 Employment Agreements is five years, after which the Agreements continue unless terminated. The Employment Agreements are terminable by us for death, disability, and cause. In the event of a termination without cause, including a change of control, we would be required to pay Mr. Mukunda his full compensation for three years and Ms. Grimaldi 1.5 years (18 months)times her compensation. In addition, unvested shares that would otherwise vest in a 12-month period would be subject to immediate vesting.

 

For non-employee directors, the Company has a standard compensation arrangement (suchsuch as fees for committee service, service as chairman of the board, or a committee, and meeting attendance).attendance.

 

Compensation risk assessment

 

In setting compensation, the Compensation Committee considers the risks to our stockholders and to achievement of our goals that may be inherent in our compensation programs. The Compensation Committee reviewed and discussed its assessment with management and concluded that our compensation programs are within industry standards and are designed with the appropriate balance of risk and reward to align employees’ interests with those of our Company and do not incent employees to take unnecessary or excessive risks. Although a portion of our executives’ and employees’ compensation is performance-based and “at risk,” we believe our compensation plans are appropriately structured and are not reasonably likely to result in a material adverse effect on our Company.

ItemITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 24, 2020July 6, 2023, by each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock, each of our executive officers and directors, and all our officers and directors as a group.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes those shares of common stock over which the stockholder has sole or shared voting or investment power. It also includes shares of common stock that the stockholder has a right to acquire within 60 days through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right. The percentage ownership of the outstanding common stock, which is based upon shares of common stock outstanding as of June 24, 2020,July 6, 2023, is based on the assumption, expressly required by the rules of the SEC, that only the person or entity whose ownership is being reported has exercised options or warrants to purchase shares of our common stock.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by them. Unless otherwise noted, the nature of the ownership set forth in the table below is common stock of the Company. The table below sets forth as of June 24, 2020,July 6, 2023, except as noted in the footnotes to the table, certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of the Company’s common stock by (i) all persons or groups, according to the most recent Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G filed with the SEC or otherwise known to us, to be the beneficial owners of more than 5% of the outstanding common stock of the Company, (ii) each director of the Company, (iii) the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table, and (iv) all such executive officers and directors of the Company as a group.

 

 

 

Shares Owned

(in thousands)

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner/Named Executive Officers and Directors: (1)

 

Number of Shares

Beneficially Owned

 

 

Percentage

of Class*

 

Ram Mukunda (2)

 

 

3,425

 

 

 

7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claudia Grimaldi

 

 

1,038

 

 

 

2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Richard Prins

 

 

838

 

 

 

2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sudhakar Shenoy

 

 

820

 

 

 

2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Executive Officers and Directors as a group (4 persons)

 

 

6,121

 

 

 

13

%

  

Shares Owned

(in thousands)

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner/Named Executive Officers and Directors: (1)

 

Number of Shares

Beneficially Owned (3)

  

Percentage

of Class*

 

Ram Mukunda (2)

  8,110   13

%

         

Claudia Grimaldi

  1,518   2

%

         

Richard Prins

  1,915   3

%

         

James Moran

  590   1

%

         

All Executive Officers and Directors as a group (4 persons)

  12,133   19

%

 

*Based on fully diluted 46,227,80363,082,750 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 24, 2020.July 6, 2023.

 

(1)

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the individuals listed in the table is c/o India Globalization Capital,IGC Pharma, Inc., 10224 Falls Road, Potomac, MD 20854.

(2)

The beneficial ownership table does not include 727,417777,417 shares of common stock that is owned by Mr. Mukunda’s spouse for which Mr. Mukunda has no voting or financial rights.

(3)

The beneficial ownership table includes approximately 8.9 million shares granted but not vested/issued to individuals listed in the table as of July 6, 2023.

ItemITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

During the last two fiscal years, we have not entered into any material transactions or series of transactions that would be considered material in which any officer, director, or beneficial owner of 5% or more of any class of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of any of the preceding persons, had direct or indirect material interest, nor are there any such transactions presently proposed, other than the agreements with the affiliates of our CEO as described under “Executive Compensation – Compensation for Executive Officers of the Company.”

 

Review, approval, or ratification of related party transactions

 

We have a written policy for the review and approval of transactions with related persons. It is our policy for the disinterested members of our Board to review all related party transactions on a case-by-case basis. To receive approval, a related-party transaction must have a business purpose for us and be on terms that are fair and reasonable to us and as favorable to us as would be available from non-related entities in comparable transactions.

 

ItemITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

Manohar Chowdhry & Associates (MCA) is our Principal Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm engaged to examine our financial statements for Fiscal 2020.2023. During the Company’s two most recent fiscal years ended March 31, 20202023, and 2019,2022, and through June 24, 2020,July 6, 2023, the Company did not consult with MCA on (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that may be rendered on the Company’s financial statements, and MCA has not provided either a written report or oral advice to the Company that was an important factor considered by the Company in reaching a decision as to any accounting, auditing, or financial reporting issue; or (ii) the subject of any disagreement, as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions, or a reportable event within the meaning set forth in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

 

Audit related and other fees

 

The table below shows the fees that we paid or accrued for the audit and other services provided by Manohar Chowdhry & Associates for Fiscal 20202023 and Fiscal 2019. Except for Fiscal 2020 fee as specified otherwise in the table, we paid the corresponding fees to Manohar Chowdhry & Associates.2022.

 

Audit fees

 

This category includes the audit of our annual financial statements, review of financial statements included in our annual and quarterly reports and services that are normally provided by the independent registered public accounting firms in connection with engagements for those fiscal years. This category also includes advice on audit and accounting matters that arose during, or as a result of, the audit or the review of interim financial statements.

 

Internal control audit fees

This category includes the audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework: (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

Audit-related fees

 

This category consists of assurance and related services by the independent registered public accounting firms that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported above under “Audit Fees.” The services for the fees disclosed under this category include services relating to our registration statement and consultation regarding our correspondence with the SEC.

 

Tax fees

 

This category consists of professional services rendered for tax compliance, tax planning, and tax advice. These services include tax return preparation and advice on state and local tax issues.

 

 

All other fees

 

This category consists of fees for other miscellaneous items.

 

  

(in thousands)

 
  

March 31,

 
  

2020

  

2019

 
         

Audit Fees - Manohar Chowdhry & Associates (i)

 $62  $58 

Audit-Related Fees - Manohar Chowdhry & Associates

  -   - 

Tax Fees

  7   7 

All other Fees

  -   - 

Total

 $69  $65 

(i) Includes internal control audit fees in Fiscal 2019.

  

(in thousands)

 
  

March 31,

 
  

2023

  

2022

 
         

Audit fees - Manohar Chowdhry & Associates

 $66  $64 

Audit-related fees - Manohar Chowdhry & Associates

  -   - 

Tax fees

  11   9 

All other fees

      - 

Total

 $77  $73 

 

Policy on pre-approval of audit and permissible non-audit services of independent auditors

 

Consistent with SEC policies regarding auditor independence, the audit committee of our Board of Directors has responsibility for appointing, setting compensation, and overseeing the work of the independent auditor. In recognition of this responsibility, our Board of Directors has established a policy to pre-approve all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by the independent auditor. Prior to engagement of the independent auditor for the next year’s audit, management may submit, if necessary, an aggregate of services expected to be rendered during that year for each of the following four categories of services to our Board of Directors for approval.

 

 

1.

Audit services include audit work performed in the preparation of financial statements and audit of internal controls, as well as work that generally only the independent auditor can reasonably be expected to provide, including comfort letters, statutory audits, and attest services and consultation regarding financial accounting and/or reporting standards.

 

 

2.

Audit-Related services are for assurance and related services that are traditionally performed by the independent auditor, including due diligence related to mergers and acquisitions, employee benefit plan audits, and special procedures required to meet certain regulatory requirements.

 

 

3.

Tax services include all services performed by the independent auditor’s tax personnel except those services specifically related to the audit of the financial statements, and includes fees in the areas of tax compliance, tax planning, and tax advice.

 

 

4.

Other Fees are those associated with services not captured in the other categories.

 

Prior to engagement, our Board of Directors pre-approves these services by category of service. The fees are budgeted, and our Board of Directors requires the independent auditor and management to report actual fees versus the budget periodically throughout the year by category of service. During the year, circumstances may arise when it may become necessary to engage the independent auditor for additional services not contemplated in the original pre-approval. In those instances, our Board of Directors requires specific pre-approval before engaging the independent auditor.

 

Our audit committee may delegate pre-approval authority to one or more of its members. The member to whom such authority is delegated must report, for informational purposes only, any pre-approval decisions to our Board of Directors at its next scheduled meeting.

 

Pre-approved services

 

The Audit Committee’s charter provides for pre-approval of audit, audit-related and tax services to be performed by the independent auditors. The Audit Committee approved the audit, audit-related and tax services to be performed by independent auditors and tax professionals in Fiscal 2020.2023. The charter also authorizes the Audit Committee to delegate to one or more of its members pre-approval authority with respect to permitted services. The decisions of any Audit Committee member to whom pre-approval authority is delegated must be presented to the full Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting. The Audit Committee has not delegated such authority to its members.

 

Audit committee report

 

The Audit Committee of the Board is composed of two directors, each of whom meets the current NYSE American test for independence. The Committee acts under a written charter adopted by the Board. The Audit Committee has prepared the following report on its activities with respect to the Company’s audited financial statements for Fiscal 20202023 (the “AuditedAudited Financial Statements”)Statements):

 

The Audit Committee reviewed and discussed the Company’s Audited Financial Statements with management;

The Audit Committee discussed with Manohar Chowdhry & Associates, the Company’s independent auditors for Fiscal 2020,

The Audit Committee discussed with Manohar Chowdhry & Associates, the Company’s independent auditors for Fiscal 2023, the matters required to be discussed by AS 1300, as adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

The Audit Committee received from the independent auditors the written disclosures regarding auditor independence and the letter required by Independence Standards Board Standard No. 1 (Independence Discussions with Audit Committees), discussed with Manohar Chowdhry & Associates, its independence from the Company and its management, and considered whether Manohar Chowdhry & Associates’ provision of non-audit services to the Company was compatible with the auditor’s independence; and

Based on the review and discussion referred to above, and in reliance thereon, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board that the Audited Financial Statements be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for Fiscal 2023, for filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

The Audit Committee received from the independent auditors the written disclosures regarding auditor independence and the letter required by Independence Standards Board Standard No. 1 (Independence Discussions with Audit Committees), discussed with Manohar Chowdhry & Associates, its independence from the Company and its management, and considered whether Manohar Chowdhry & Associates’ provision of non-audit services to the Company was compatible with the auditor’s independence; and

Based on the review and discussion referred to above, and in reliance thereon, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board that the Audited Financial Statements be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for Fiscal 2020, for filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

All members of the Audit Committee concur in this report.

 

AUDIT COMMITTEE:

 

Richard Prins

Sudhakar ShenoyJames Moran

 

78
85

 

PART IV

ItemITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

The exhibits listed in the accompanying index to exhibits are filed, furnished, or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

(a) All Financial Statements

 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

4150

Consolidated Balance Sheets

4251

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

4352

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

4453

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

4554

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

4655

 

(b) Exhibitsrequired by Item 601 of Regulation S-K

 

2.1

Share Purchase Agreement, by and Among India Globalization Capital, Inc., Evolve I, Inc., Jay Bohannon, individually and as Sellers’ Representative, and The individual Sellers Listed on Exhibit A to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 13, 2020.

3.1

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended on August 1, 2012. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 6, 2012).

3.2

Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant as amended on August 2, 2014. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Post-Effective Amendment No.1 to Form S-3 filed on January 22, 2021).

3.3

Articles of Amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation filed with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland on March 7, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 21, 2023).

3.4

By-laws of the Registrant. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Registration StatementPost-Effective Amendment No.1 to Form S-3 filed on January 22, 2021).

3.5

Amendment to the Bylaws of the Company dated March 2, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form S-1, as amended and8-K filed on February 14, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-124942))March 21, 2023).

4.1

Description of Common Stock (incorporated by reference to prospectus supplement filed on Oct 2, 2018 to Prospectus effective May 11, 2018)

4.2

Specimen Warrant Certificate for warrants issued in the December 2010 public offering (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as filed on October 27, 2010 (Reg. No. 333-163867)).

10.01**

2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Form DEF 14A dated October 10, 2017).

10.02**

Employment Agreement, effective as of November 18, 2021, by and between India Globalization Capital Inc., India Globalization Capital Mauritius and Mr. Ram Mukunda dated July 14, 2014(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 19, 2021).*

10.03**

Restricted Stock Unit Agreement with CEO Mr. Ram Mukunda (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on December 23, 2021).

10.04**

Employment Agreement between India Globalization Capital, Inc. and Claudia Grimaldi dated June 14, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.03 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K dated June 14, 2019).

10.0410.05

The definitive license agreement with the University of South Florida making IGC the exclusive licensee of the U.S. patent filing entitled “THC as a Potential Therapeutic Agent for Alzheimer’s Disease” (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 12, 2017).

18.1*

10.06

Preferability Letter from Manohar Chowdhry & AssociatesSales Agreement dated January 13, 2021, by and between India Globalization Capital, Inc. and The Benchmark Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.01 to the Company's current report on Form 8-K filed on January 13, 2021).

10.07

License Agreement entered into on May 10, 2022 by and between Jawaharlal Nehru Centre For Advanced Scientific Research, Bengaluru and Hamsa Biopharma India Private Limited, Delhi (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.01 to the Company's current report on Form 8-K filed on May 12, 2022).

21.1*

Subsidiaries of India Globalization Capital, Inc.

23.1*

Consent of Manohar Chowdhry & Associates.

31.1*

Certificate pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a).

31.2*

Certificate pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a).

32.1*

Certificate pursuant to 18 USC. § 1350.

32.2*

Certificate pursuant to 18 USC. § 1350.

101.INS***

Inline XBRL Instance Document.

101.SCH***

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

101.CAL***

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

101.DEF***

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.

101.LAB***

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.

101.PRE***

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted in Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).

 

* Filed herewith.

** Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

*** Furnished herewith

ItemITEM 16. FORM 10 - K SUMMARY

None.

 

None.

79
86

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

INDIA GLOBALIZATION CAPITAL,IGC PHARMA, INC.

 

 

 

Date: July 10, 20207, 2023

By:

/s/ Ram Mukunda

 

 

Ram Mukunda

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

Date: July 10, 20207, 2023

By:

/s/ Claudia Grimaldi

 

 

Claudia Grimaldi

 

 

Vice-president & Chief Compliance Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Date: July 10, 20207, 2023

 

/s/ Ram Mukunda

 

 

Ram Mukunda

 

 

President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

Date: July 10, 20207, 2023

 

/s/ Claudia Grimaldi

 

 

Claudia Grimaldi

Vice-president & Chief Compliance Officer, and Director

 

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

Date: July 10, 20207, 2023

                             

/s/ Rohit Goel

 

 

Rohit Goel

 

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)Officer

Date: July 10, 20207, 2023

 

/s/ Richard Prins

 

 

Richard Prins

 

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

Date: July 10, 20207, 2023

 

/s/ Sudhakar ShenoyJames Moran

 

 

Sudhakar ShenoyJames Moran

 

 

Director

 

80
87
iso4217:USD xbrli:shares